WO2022021440A1 - Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device - Google Patents

Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022021440A1
WO2022021440A1 PCT/CN2020/106445 CN2020106445W WO2022021440A1 WO 2022021440 A1 WO2022021440 A1 WO 2022021440A1 CN 2020106445 W CN2020106445 W CN 2020106445W WO 2022021440 A1 WO2022021440 A1 WO 2022021440A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
ssb
bwp
transmitted
indication information
frequency domain
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/106445
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
吴作敏
Original Assignee
Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 filed Critical Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority to CN202080104693.2A priority Critical patent/CN116250317A/en
Priority to PCT/CN2020/106445 priority patent/WO2022021440A1/en
Publication of WO2022021440A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022021440A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications, and in particular, to a wireless communication method, terminal device and network device.
  • Non-terrestrial Network NTN
  • a network device such as a satellite
  • the multiple footprints can correspond to The same cell identity (Identity, ID).
  • ID the same cell identity
  • different footprints can correspond to different frequency resources. In these scenarios, the existing initial access mechanism needs to be enhanced.
  • Embodiments of the present invention provide a wireless communication method, a terminal device, and a network device, so that when the network device indicates the location of the transmitted/untransmitted SSB, it can indicate the frequency domain location of the SSB through indication information, and/or the SSB
  • the corresponding coverage cell is used for the terminal equipment to complete the data rate matching between initial access and downlink reception.
  • a first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a wireless communication method, which may include: a terminal device receiving first indication information sent by a network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a frequency domain location of a synchronization signal block SSB, and/ Or, the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB.
  • a second aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a wireless communication method, which may include: a network device sending first indication information to a terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a frequency domain location of a synchronization signal block SSB, and/or , the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB.
  • Another aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a terminal device, which has a function of indicating completion of data rate matching between initial access and downlink reception.
  • This function can be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • Another aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a network device, which has a function of instructing completion of data rate matching between initial access and downlink reception.
  • This function can be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • a terminal device including: a memory storing executable program codes; a transceiver coupled to the memory; the transceiver is configured to execute the method described in the first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention method.
  • a terminal device including: a memory storing executable program codes; a transceiver coupled to the memory; the transceiver is configured to execute the method described in the second aspect of the embodiments of the present invention method.
  • Yet another aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a computer-readable storage medium, comprising instructions, which, when executed on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method as described in the first aspect or the second aspect of the present invention.
  • Yet another aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a computer program product comprising instructions, which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method as described in the first aspect or the second aspect of the present invention.
  • Another aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a chip, where the chip is coupled to a memory in the terminal device, so that the chip invokes program instructions stored in the memory when running, so that the terminal device executes the program as described above The method described in the first aspect of the invention.
  • Another aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a chip, where the chip is coupled to a memory in the network device, so that the chip invokes program instructions stored in the memory when running, so that the network device executes the program as described herein.
  • the method described in the second aspect of the invention is also applicable.
  • the terminal device receives first indication information sent by the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain position of the synchronization signal block SSB, and/or the coverage corresponding to the SSB community.
  • the terminal device may complete initial access and data rate matching of downlink reception according to the first indication information.
  • 1A is a schematic diagram of a partial SSB pattern for FR1 in an NR system under different conditions
  • FIG. 1B is a schematic diagram of a partial SSB pattern for FR2 in an NR system under different conditions
  • FIG. 1C is a schematic diagram of a group of SSBs in one field, taking the SSB pattern in Case A as an example;
  • FIG. 2A is a schematic diagram of an NTN scenario to which an embodiment of the present invention is applied;
  • 2B is a schematic diagram of a frequency reuse factor of 1 in an NTN scene
  • 2C is a schematic diagram of a frequency reuse factor of 3 in an NTN scene
  • 2D is a schematic diagram of a frequency reuse factor of 2 in an NTN scene
  • 3A is a system architecture diagram of a communication system to which an embodiment of the present invention is applied;
  • 3B is a system architecture diagram of a communication system to which an embodiment of the present invention is applied;
  • 3C is a system architecture diagram of a communication system to which an embodiment of the present invention is applied;
  • 4A is an exemplary diagram of a beam-based NTN network deployment scenario in an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 4B is an exemplary diagram of a manner in which a network device performs SSB transmission in an embodiment of the present invention
  • 4C is an exemplary diagram of a manner in which a network device performs SSB transmission in an embodiment of the present invention
  • 4D is an exemplary diagram of a manner in which a network device performs SSB transmission in an embodiment of the present invention
  • 4E is an exemplary diagram of a manner in which a network device performs SSB transmission in an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a method for transmitting a synchronization signal block SSB in an embodiment of the present application
  • 6A is a schematic diagram of a terminal device in an embodiment of the present application.
  • 6B is another schematic diagram of a terminal device in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a network device in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is another schematic diagram of a terminal device in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is another schematic diagram of a network device in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FR1 and FR2 include the frequency domain range As shown in Table 1. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present application may be applied to FR1 and FR2 frequency bands, and may also be applied to other frequency bands, such as a frequency band of 52.6 GHz to 71 GHz, or a frequency band of 71 GHz to 100 GHz, which is not limited in this application.
  • Non Terrestrial Network generally uses satellite communication to provide communication services to terrestrial users.
  • satellite communication Compared with terrestrial cellular network communication, satellite communication has many unique advantages.
  • satellite communication is not limited by the user's geographical area. For example, general terrestrial communication cannot cover areas such as oceans, mountains, deserts, etc. where communication equipment cannot be set up or cannot be covered due to sparse population.
  • satellite communication due to a single Satellites can cover a large ground, and satellites can orbit around the earth, so theoretically every corner of the earth can be covered by satellite communications.
  • satellite communication has great social value.
  • Satellite communications can be covered at low cost in remote mountainous areas and poor and backward countries or regions, so that people in these regions can enjoy advanced voice communication and mobile Internet technologies, which is conducive to narrowing the digital divide with developed regions and promoting development in these areas.
  • the satellite communication distance is long, and the communication cost does not increase significantly when the communication distance increases; finally, the satellite communication has high stability and is not limited by natural disasters.
  • Communication satellites are classified into LEO (Low-Earth Orbit, low earth orbit) satellites, MEO (Medium-Earth Orbit, medium earth orbit) satellites, GEO (Geostationary Earth Orbit, geosynchronous orbit) satellites, HEO (High Earth orbit) satellites according to the different orbital altitudes. Elliptical Orbit, high elliptical orbit) satellites, etc.
  • LEO Low-Earth Orbit, low earth orbit
  • MEO Medium-Earth Orbit, medium earth orbit
  • GEO Global-Earth Orbit, geosynchronous orbit
  • HEO High Earth orbit
  • the orbital altitude ranges from 500km to 1500km, and the corresponding orbital period is about 1.5 hours to 2 hours.
  • the signal propagation delay of single-hop communication between terminals is generally less than 20ms.
  • the maximum satellite viewing time is 20 minutes.
  • the signal propagation distance is short, the link loss is low, and the transmit power requirements of the terminal are not high.
  • the orbital altitude is 35786km
  • the rotation period around the earth is 24 hours.
  • the signal propagation delay of single-hop communication between users is generally 250ms.
  • satellites use multiple beams to cover the ground.
  • a satellite can form tens or even hundreds of beams to cover the ground; a satellite beam can cover tens to hundreds of kilometers in diameter ground area.
  • the initial access in the NR system is accomplished through a synchronization signal block (Synchronizing Signal/PBCH Block, SSB or SS/PBCH block).
  • the SSB includes a primary synchronization signal (PSS), a secondary synchronization signal (SSS) and a physical broadcast channel (Physical Broadcast Channel, PBCH).
  • PSS primary synchronization signal
  • SSS secondary synchronization signal
  • PBCH Physical Broadcast Channel
  • the synchronization signal block SSB pattern supported by FR1 includes 3 cases (Case A, Case B, Case C), and the SSB pattern supported by FR2 includes 2 cases (Case D, Case E).
  • One SSB transmission opportunity may include one or more SSBs, one SSB includes 4 symbols in the time domain, and a group of SSB transmission opportunities should complete transmission within one half frame (5ms).
  • the index of the first symbol of the first slot in a field is symbol 0:
  • the index of the first symbol of the SSB includes ⁇ 2,8 ⁇ +14*n;
  • n 0,1,2,3,4.
  • the index of the first symbol of SSB includes ⁇ 4,8,16,20 ⁇ +28*n;
  • the index of the first symbol of the SSB includes ⁇ 2,8 ⁇ +14*n;
  • n 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9.
  • the index of the first symbol of SSB includes ⁇ 4,8,16,20 ⁇ +28*n;
  • n 0, 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18.
  • the index of the first symbol of the SSB includes ⁇ 8, 12, 16, 20, 32, 36, 40, 44 ⁇ +56*n;
  • n 0,1,2,3,5,6,7,8.
  • FIG. 1A it is a schematic diagram of partial SSB patterns of FR1 under different conditions in an NR system.
  • FIG. 1B it is a schematic diagram of partial SSB patterns of FR2 under different conditions in the NR system.
  • FIG. 1C it is a schematic diagram of a group of SSB transmission opportunities in one half frame, taking the SSB pattern in Case A as an example.
  • the initial access process of the terminal equipment can be completed by detecting the synchronization signal block (Synchronization Signal/PBCH Block, SSB or SS/PBCH block) on the synchronization grid (Sync Raster).
  • SSB transmits through the Discovery Burst Transmission Window or the SSB Transmission Opportunity Window.
  • the discovery signal transmission opportunity window may also be referred to as the DRS transmission opportunity window.
  • the DRS transmission opportunity window or the SSB transmission opportunity window occurs periodically, and the period may be configured by the network device through high-layer parameters.
  • a set of candidate positions for SSB transmission may be included in the DRS transmission opportunity window or the SSB transmission opportunity window.
  • a set of SSB transmission opportunities can include up to 8 SSBs
  • a set of SSB transmission opportunities can include up to 64 SSBs.
  • SSB includes two types: one is the SSB used to determine the cell, also known as cell-defining SSB, the cell-defining SSB is associated with the system message of the cell, such as the transmission of system message block (system information block 1, SIB1), etc., After the terminal device finds the cell-defining SSB, it can complete the initial access to the cell.
  • the cell-defining SSB is always transmitted on the sync grid.
  • the cell-defining SSB can also be used for SSB-based measurement in addition to the initial access of the cell.
  • the other is the SSB that is not used to determine the cell, also known as the non cell-defining SSB, the system message transmission of the non cell-defining SSB not associated with the cell, and the physical broadcast channel (Physical Broadcast Channel, PBCH) of the non cell-defining SSB.
  • PBCH Physical Broadcast Channel
  • indication information which is used to indicate the location of the cell-defining SSB.
  • the terminal device finds the non cell-defining SSB, it can receive the cell-defining SSB according to the indication information, thereby completing the initial access of the cell.
  • a non-cell-defining SSB may or may not be transmitted on a synchronized grid.
  • the non cell-defining SSB is mainly used for terminal equipment to measure based on SSB.
  • the network device will indicate the actually sent SSB through indication information, where the indication information includes ssb-PositionsInBurst in SIB1 and SSB position indication information in the transmission opportunity in the serving cell common configuration (ServingCellConfigCommon); for example, the configuration provided by ssb-PositionsInBurst information.
  • the terminal device expects the configuration information provided by ssb-PositionsInBurst in ServingCellConfigCommon to be the same as the configuration information provided by ssb-PositionsInBurst in SIB1.
  • the terminal device can determine the actually sent SSB through the indication information of the network device, such as ssb-PositionsInBurst.
  • the indication information corresponds to a bitmap, wherein the first bit in the bitmap corresponds to SSB index 0, the second bit in the bitmap corresponds to SSB index 1, and so on, and so on.
  • the bit it is used to indicate that the SSB corresponding to the bit is not transmitted, and if the bit is 1, it is used to indicate that the SSB corresponding to the bit is transmitted.
  • the bitmap corresponding to ssb-PositionsInBurst on a serving cell is [10100000]
  • the SSB indices of the SSB sent on the serving cell are SSB 0 and SSB 2.
  • SI-RNTI System Information Radio Network Temporary Identifier, system information wireless network device temporary identifier
  • Downlink Control Information Downlink Control Information
  • the RA- RNTI Random Access RNTI, Random Access RNTI
  • MsgB-RNTI Random Access RNTI
  • P-RNTI Paging RNTI, Paging RNTI
  • TC-RNTI Temporary C-RNTI, Temporary C-RNTI
  • the redundancy coding (Cyclic Redundancy Code, CRC) scrambling code is C-RNTI (Cell RNTI, cell RNTI), MCS-C-RNTI (Modulation and Coding Scheme C-RNTI, modulation and coding scheme C-RNTI) or CS-RNTI ( Configured Scheduling RNTI, when the PDSCH scheduled by the Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) of the Configured Scheduling RNTI, or the PD
  • one satellite may serve multiple footprints through multiple beams, and one footprint may be considered as a coverage area on the ground, and may also be called a coverage cell.
  • the multiple footprints correspond to the same cell identity (Identity, ID) or correspond to the same satellite cell.
  • ID Cell Identity
  • FIG. 2A it is a schematic diagram of an NTN scenario to which an embodiment of the present invention is applied.
  • a footprint can correspond to one or more beams. Specifically, taking one footprint corresponding to one beam as an example, there are three situations in the beam-based NTN network deployment scenario:
  • Case 1 the frequency re-use factor is 1, as shown in FIG. 2B , which is a schematic diagram of the frequency re-use factor being 1 in the NTN scene.
  • Case 2 the frequency re-use factor is 3, as shown in FIG. 2C , which is a schematic diagram of the frequency re-use factor being 3 in the NTN scene.
  • Case 3 The frequency re-use factor is 2, as shown in FIG. 2D , which is a schematic diagram of the frequency re-use factor being 2 in the NTN scene.
  • a network device such as a satellite
  • a network device serves multiple coverage cells (footprints) on the ground through multiple beams
  • the multiple footprints correspond to the same cell ID
  • different footprints May correspond to different frequency bands in the system bandwidth.
  • how the terminal device performs initial access to the cell or rate matching of downlink data reception based on the SSB is the main issue discussed in the present application.
  • FIG. 3A is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 100 may include a network device 110, and the network device 110 may be a device that communicates with a terminal device 120 (or referred to as a communication terminal, a terminal).
  • the network device 110 may provide communication coverage for a particular geographic area, and may communicate with terminal devices located within the coverage area.
  • FIG. 3A exemplarily shows one network device and two terminal devices.
  • the communication system 100 may include multiple network devices and the coverage of each network device may include other numbers of terminal devices.
  • the present application The embodiment does not limit this.
  • FIG. 3B is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • a terminal device 1101 and a satellite 1102 are included, and wireless communication can be performed between the terminal device 1101 and the satellite 1102 .
  • the network formed between the terminal device 1101 and the satellite 1102 may also be referred to as NTN.
  • the satellite 1102 can function as a base station, and the terminal device 1101 and the satellite 1102 can communicate directly. Under the system architecture, satellite 1102 may be referred to as a network device.
  • the communication system may include multiple network devices 1102, and the coverage of each network device 1102 may include other numbers of terminal devices, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3C is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • it includes a terminal device 1201 , a satellite 1202 and a base station 1203 , the terminal device 1201 and the satellite 1202 can communicate wirelessly, and the satellite 1202 and the base station 1203 can communicate.
  • the network formed between the terminal device 1201, the satellite 1202 and the base station 1203 may also be referred to as NTN.
  • the satellite 1202 may not have the function of the base station, and the communication between the terminal device 1201 and the base station 1203 needs to be relayed through the satellite 1202 .
  • the base station 1203 may be referred to as a network device.
  • the communication system may include multiple network devices 1203, and the coverage of each network device 1203 may include other numbers of terminal devices, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3A-FIG. 3C only illustrate the system to which the present application is applied in the form of examples.
  • the methods shown in the embodiments of the present application may also be applied to other systems, for example, a 5G communication system, an LTE communication system, etc. , which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the wireless communication system shown in FIG. 3A-FIG. 3C may also include other network entities such as a mobility management entity (Mobility Management Entity, MME), an access and mobility management function (Access and Mobility Management Function, AMF). , which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • MME Mobility Management Entity
  • AMF Access and Mobility Management Function
  • the embodiments of the present application describe various embodiments in conjunction with network equipment and terminal equipment, where the terminal equipment may also be referred to as user equipment (User Equipment, UE), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
  • user equipment User Equipment, UE
  • access terminal subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
  • the terminal device can be a station (STAION, ST) in the WLAN, can be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, a Wireless Local Loop (WLL) station, a personal digital processing (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA) devices, handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, next-generation communication systems such as end devices in NR networks, or future Terminal equipment in the evolved public land mobile network (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN) network, etc.
  • STAION, ST in the WLAN
  • SIP Session Initiation Protocol
  • WLL Wireless Local Loop
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • the terminal device can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable, or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as airplanes, balloons, and satellites) superior).
  • the terminal device may be a mobile phone (Mobile Phone), a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) terminal device, and an augmented reality (Augmented Reality, AR) terminal Equipment, wireless terminal equipment in industrial control, wireless terminal equipment in self driving, wireless terminal equipment in remote medical, wireless terminal equipment in smart grid , wireless terminal equipment in transportation safety, wireless terminal equipment in smart city or wireless terminal equipment in smart home, etc.
  • a mobile phone Mobile Phone
  • a tablet computer Pad
  • a computer with a wireless transceiver function a virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) terminal device
  • augmented reality (Augmented Reality, AR) terminal Equipment wireless terminal equipment in industrial control, wireless terminal equipment in self driving, wireless terminal equipment in remote medical, wireless terminal equipment in smart grid , wireless terminal equipment in transportation safety, wireless terminal equipment in smart city or wireless terminal equipment in smart home, etc.
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices, which are the general term for the intelligent design of daily wear and the development of wearable devices using wearable technology, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-scale, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which needs to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • the network equipment may further include access network equipment and core network equipment. That is, the wireless communication system further includes a plurality of core networks for communicating with the access network equipment.
  • the access network equipment may be a long-term evolution (long-term evolution, LTE) system, a next-generation (mobile communication system) (next radio, NR) system, or an authorized auxiliary access long-term evolution (authorized auxiliary access long-term evolution, LAA-
  • the evolved base station (evolutional node B, may be referred to as eNB or e-NodeB for short) in the LTE) system is a macro base station, a micro base station (also called a "small base station"), a pico base station, an access point (AP), Transmission site (transmission point, TP) or new generation base station (new generation Node B, gNodeB), etc.
  • the network device may be a device for communicating with a mobile device, and the network device may be an access point (Access Point, AP) in WLAN, or a base station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in GSM or CDMA , it can also be a base station (NodeB, NB) in WCDMA, it can also be an evolved base station (Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in LTE, or a relay station or access point, or in-vehicle equipment, wearable devices and NR networks
  • the network device may have a mobile feature, for example, the network device may be a mobile device.
  • the network device may be a satellite or a balloon station.
  • the satellite may be a low earth orbit (LEO) satellite, a medium earth orbit (MEO) satellite, a geostationary earth orbit (GEO) satellite, a High Elliptical Orbit (HEO) satellite ) satellite, etc.
  • the network device may also be a base station set in a location such as land or water.
  • a network device may provide services for a cell, and a terminal device communicates with the network device through transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) used by the cell, and the cell may be a network device ( For example, a cell corresponding to a base station), the cell may belong to a macro base station, or it may belong to a base station corresponding to a small cell (Small cell). Pico cell), Femto cell (Femto cell), etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services.
  • transmission resources for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources
  • the cell may be a network device ( For example, a cell corresponding to a base station), the cell may belong to a macro base station, or it may belong to a base station corresponding to a small cell (Small cell). Pico cell), Femto cell (Femto cell), etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-speed
  • a device having a communication function in the network/system may be referred to as a communication device.
  • the communication device may include a network device and a terminal device with a communication function, and the network device and the terminal device may be the specific devices described in the embodiments of the present invention, which are not repeated here.
  • the communication device may further include other devices in the communication system, for example, other network entities such as a network controller and a mobility management entity, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • CDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-A Advanced Long Term Evolution
  • NR New Radio
  • NTN Non-Terrestrial Networks
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • WLAN Wireless Local Area Networks
  • Wireless Fidelity Wireless Fidelity
  • WiFi fifth-generation communication
  • D2D Device to Device
  • M2M Machine to Machine
  • MTC Machine Type Communication
  • V2V Vehicle to Vehicle
  • V2X Vehicle to everything
  • the communication system in the embodiment of the present application can be applied to a carrier aggregation (Carrier Aggregation, CA) scenario, also can be applied to a dual connectivity (Dual Connectivity, DC) scenario, and can also be applied to a standalone (Standalone, SA) network deployment scenario.
  • Carrier Aggregation, CA Carrier Aggregation
  • DC Dual Connectivity
  • SA standalone network deployment scenario.
  • the communication system in the embodiment of the present application may be applied to an unlicensed spectrum, where the unlicensed spectrum may also be considered as a shared spectrum; or, the communication system in the embodiment of the present application may also be applied to a licensed spectrum, where, Licensed spectrum can also be considered unshared spectrum.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applied to a non-terrestrial communication network (Non-Terrestrial Networks, NTN) system, and may also be applied to a terrestrial communication network (Terrestrial Networks, TN) system.
  • NTN non-terrestrial communication network
  • TN terrestrial communication network
  • the "instruction" mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a direct instruction, an indirect instruction, or an associated relationship.
  • a indicates B it can indicate that A directly indicates B, for example, B can be obtained through A; it can also indicate that A indicates B indirectly, such as A indicates C, and B can be obtained through C; it can also indicate that there is an association between A and B relation.
  • corresponding may indicate that there is a direct or indirect corresponding relationship between the two, or may indicate that there is an associated relationship between the two, or indicate and be instructed, configure and be instructed configuration, etc.
  • the indication information in this embodiment of the present application includes physical layer signaling such as downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI), radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) signaling, and a media access control unit (Media Access Control Unit).
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • Media Access Control Unit Media Access Control Unit
  • MAC CE Access Control Control Element
  • the high-level parameters or high-level signaling in the embodiments of the present application include at least one of radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) signaling and media access control element (Media Access Control Control Element, MAC CE). kind.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • MAC CE Media Access Control Control Element
  • the cell IDs (cell IDs) corresponding to multiple coverage cells (footprints, FPs) are the same.
  • one coverage cell (footprint) corresponds to one beam and the SSB transmission pattern is Case A
  • scenario 1, or scenario 3, or a scenario in which one footprint corresponds to multiple beams, or other SSB transmission patterns it can be obtained similarly by the method in this application, and will not be described in detail below.
  • each frequency resource corresponds to a bandwidth part (Band Width Part, BWP) as an example to deploy the network
  • BWP Band Width Part
  • FIG. 4A it is an example diagram of a beam-based NTN network deployment scenario in an embodiment of the present invention.
  • B represents a beam, or an index of an SSB, for example, B0 refers to SSB0, B1 refers to SSB1, and others are similar.
  • FP represents the coverage cell on the ground shown by the hexagon, for example, FP0 represents that the ID of the coverage cell is 0, FP1 represents that the ID of the coverage cell is 1, and so on.
  • BWP0 indicates that the ID of the BWP corresponding to the coverage cell is 0,
  • BWP1 indicates that the ID of the BWP corresponding to the coverage cell is 1, and so on.
  • FIG. 4B to FIG. 4E are exemplary diagrams of several manners in which a network device performs SSB transmission in an embodiment of the present invention. It should be understood that this SSB transmission manner is only an example, and the embodiments of the present application may also be applied to other SSB transmission scenarios, which are not limited in the present application. In these examples, it is assumed that the number of SSBs that the network device needs to send is 8, that is, a group of SSB transmissions includes 8 SSBs, wherein different beams corresponding to different BWPs are used to transmit different or the same SSBs index, the BWP identifier and the SSB index can be in a one-to-many relationship.
  • the corresponding beams in BWP0 are SSB0 and SSB7
  • the corresponding beams in BWP1 are SSB1, SSB3 and SSB5
  • the corresponding beam in BWP2 is SSB2 , SSB4 and SSB6.
  • the SSB transmission method is different from that of Rel-15.
  • the SSB of the cell-defining is sent on the corresponding BWP. That is, SSB0 and SSB7 are sent through BWP0, SSB1, SSB3 and SSB5 are sent through BWP1, and SSB2, SSB4 and SSB6 are sent through BWP2.
  • BWP0, BWP1 and BWP2 can all be considered as initial BWPs.
  • a cell may include multiple initial BWPs.
  • the ID of the initial BWP is usually 0, in this case, it can also be considered that the IDs corresponding to the three BWPs in FIG. 4B are all BWP0, or the three BWPs are respectively the first BWP in the BWP0, The second BWP in BWP0 and the third BWP in BWP0.
  • the SSB transmission method is different from that of Rel-15.
  • BWP0 is the initial BWP in the cell
  • the group of SSBs is transmitted through BWP0
  • the group of SSBs are cell-defining SSBs.
  • some SSBs in the group of SSBs are also transmitted on BWP1 and BWP2, and the BWP1 or BWP2 has an associated relationship with some of the SSBs in the group of SSBs transmitted on BWP0. That is, SSB1, SSB3, and SSB5 are also sent through BWP1, and SSB2, SSB4, and SSB6 are also sent through BWP2.
  • the SSBs transmitted on BWP1 and BWP2 are non-cell-defining SSBs.
  • the SSB transmitted on BWP1 and BWP2 also needs to be sent on the synchronization grid.
  • the SSB transmission method is similar to that of Rel-15, assuming that BWP0 is the initial BWP in the cell, the group of SSBs is transmitted through BWP0, and the group of SSBs are cell-defining SSBs. In addition, this group of SSBs is also transmitted on BWP1 and BWP2, and the SSBs transmitted on BWP1 and BWP2 are non-cell-defining SSBs.
  • the SSB transmitted on BWP1 and BWP2 also needs to be sent on the synchronization grid.
  • the SSB transmission method is the same as that of Rel-15, assuming that BWP0 is the initial BWP in the cell, the group of SSBs is transmitted through BWP0, and the group of SSBs are cell-defining SSBs. There may be no SSB transmission on BWP1 and/or BWP2.
  • FIG. 5 it is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of the transmission method of the synchronization signal block SSB in the embodiment of the present application, which may include:
  • the network device sends first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain location of the synchronization signal block SSB, and/or the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB.
  • the terminal device receives the first indication information sent by the network device.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the first indication information, a frequency domain location of the SSB, and/or a coverage cell corresponding to the SSB. It can be understood that step 502 is an optional step.
  • the first indication information includes indication information of a frequency domain location of the synchronization signal block SSB, and/or indication information of a coverage cell corresponding to the SSB.
  • the terminal device determines the frequency domain position of the SSB according to the indication information of the frequency domain position of the SSB, and/or determines the coverage cell of the SSB according to the indication information of the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB.
  • the first indication information includes indication information of a frequency domain location of at least one SSB, and/or indication information of a coverage cell corresponding to the at least one SSB.
  • the terminal device determines the frequency domain position of the at least one SSB according to the indication information of the frequency domain position of the at least one SSB, and/or, according to the indication information of the coverage cell corresponding to the at least one SSB, determines the coverage cell corresponding to the at least one SSB .
  • the first indication information is used to indicate at least two frequency domain positions of the SSB.
  • the indication information of the frequency domain position of the SSB includes: indication information of at least two frequency domain positions of the SSB.
  • the terminal device determines at least two frequency domain positions of the SSB according to the indication information of the at least two frequency domain positions of the SSB.
  • the frequency domain position of the SSB, or the indication information of the frequency domain position of the SSB may include at least one of the following:
  • the identification ID of the BWP transmitted by the SSB to indicate the bandwidth part BWP transmitted by the SSB;
  • the frequency domain position of the SSB in the BWP transmitted by the SSB may be understood as the specific frequency domain position in different BWPs transmitted by the SSB;
  • the identifier ID of the resource block (Resource Block, RB) set of the SSB transmission to indicate the resource block RB set of the SSB transmission;
  • the frequency domain position of the SSB in the RB set transmitted by the SSB may be understood as a specific frequency domain position in different RB sets transmitted by the SSB.
  • the RB may also include a PRB.
  • the frequency domain position of the SSB in the BWP transmitted by the SSB may include at least one of the following:
  • the RB number of the first RB transmitted by the SSB in the BWP for example, SSB1 is sent through BWP1, BWP1 includes 50 PRBs numbered 0 to 49, and SSB1 includes 20 PRBs, assuming that the first RB transmitted by SSB1
  • the number of the PRBs is 10, and the PRBs occupied by the SSB1 in the BWP1 are PRB10 to PRB29.
  • the frequency domain offset between the first RB transmitted by the SSB and the first RB in the BWP (eg, the number of RBs offset); for example, SSB1 is sent through BWP1, and BWP1 includes 50 PRBs, numbered 0 to 49, SSB1 includes 20 PRBs, assuming that the frequency domain offset between the first PRB transmitted by SSB1 and the first RB in BWP1 is 5 PRBs, then the number of the first PRB transmitted by SSB1 is 5.
  • the PRBs occupied by SSB1 in BWP1 are PRB5 to PRB24.
  • the position of the synchronization grid transmitted by the SSB in the synchronization grid included in the BWP includes 3 synchronization grids, and the position here may refer to the synchronization grid transmitted by the SSB as the three synchronization grids The number of synchronization grids in ;
  • the synchronization grid number of the synchronization grid transmitted by the SSB in the synchronization grid included in the BWP can be understood as an absolute number.
  • the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB, or the indication information of the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB may include at least one of the following:
  • the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the SSB transmitted (or not transmitted) in the first SSB transmission opportunity on the first synchronization grid.
  • a BWP may include one SSB transmission opportunity, the BWP index has an associated relationship with the SSB index in the SSB transmission opportunity on the BWP, or the first indication information is used to indicate the first SSB transmission opportunity on the first BWP. Transmitted (or untransmitted) SSB.
  • the association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the frequency domain position of the at least one SSB in the BWP transmitted by the at least one SSB For example, if the BWPs that transmit cell-defining SSBs are all BWP 0, then the multiple SSB transmission opportunities transmitted by BWP0 are sorted according to the frequency domain position from small to large, and the association between the SSB index and the SSB transmission opportunity index in BWP 0 is notified, Or, the first indication information is used to indicate the SSB transmitted (or not transmitted) in the first SSB transmission opportunity corresponding to the first SSB transmission opportunity index on the first BWP.
  • one RB set may include one SSB transmission opportunity, and the RB set index has an associated relationship with the SSB index in the SSB transmission opportunity on the RB set, or the first indication information is used to indicate the first RB set on the first RB set.
  • SSB transmitted (or not transmitted) in the SSB transmission opportunity may include one SSB transmission opportunity, and the RB set index has an associated relationship with the SSB index in the SSB transmission opportunity on the RB set, or the first indication information is used to indicate the first RB set on the first RB set.
  • the relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the frequency domain position of the at least one SSB in the transmission of the at least one SSB For example, if the RB sets for transmitting cell-defining SSBs are all RB set 0, the multiple SSB transmission opportunities transmitted by RB set 0 are sorted according to the frequency domain position from small to large, and the SSB index and the SSB transmission opportunities in RB set 0 are notified.
  • the association relationship of the indexes, or the first indication information is used to indicate the SSB transmitted (or not transmitted) in the first SSB transmission opportunity corresponding to the index of the first SSB transmission opportunity on the first RB set.
  • p represents the coverage cell ID
  • q represents the BWP ID
  • N represents the number of BWPs.
  • the BWP IDs q corresponding to the coverage cells whose coverage cell ID p is 0 to 9 are: 0, 1, 2, 0, 1, 2, 0, 1, 2. 0.
  • s represents the SSB index
  • q represents the BWP ID
  • N represents the number of BWPs.
  • the first indication information is used to determine that the SSB of the defined cell is located in one frequency domain location; or, the first indication information is used to determine that at least two SSBs of the defined cell are located in different frequency domain locations.
  • the indication information of the frequency domain position of the SSB is used to indicate that the SSB defining the cell is located in one frequency domain position; or, the indication information of the frequency domain position of the SSB is used to indicate that the defined cell is at least two of the cells.
  • the SSBs are located at different frequency domain locations.
  • the indication information of the frequency domain position of the SSB is used to indicate that an SSB defining the cell is located at a frequency domain position; if the number of SSBs defining the cell is at least one If there are two, then, the indication information of the frequency domain position of the SSB is used to indicate that at least two SSBs defining the cell are located in the same frequency domain position. Or, if the number of SSBs defining the cell is at least two, the indication information of the frequency domain location of the SSB is used to indicate that the at least two SSBs defining the cell are located at different frequency domain locations.
  • the network device sending the first indication information to the terminal device may include: the network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device through a physical broadcast channel (Physical Broadcast Channel, PBCH), a system message (System Information) or a high-level parameter. Send the first indication information.
  • PBCH Physical Broadcast Channel
  • System Information System Information
  • the system message includes at least one of the following: a master message block (Master Information Block, MIB), a system message block (System Information Block, SIB1), and other SIBs other than SIB1.
  • MIB Master Information Block
  • SIB1 System Information Block
  • SIB1 System Information Block
  • SIBs other than SIB1 may be one or more of SIB2-SIB14 and posSIBs (Positioning SIBs, positioning SIBs).
  • the first indication information is sent through a PBCH, or the first indication information is sent through an MIB message, or the first indication information is sent through a SIB1 message, or the first indication information is sent through other SIB messages other than SIB1 messages,
  • the first indication information is sent through a high-level parameter (for example, Serving Cell Config Common).
  • the first indication information includes ssb-PositionsInBurst in SIB1; and/or, the first indication information includes ssb-PositionsInBurst in ServingCellConfigCommon.
  • the configuration information provided by the first indication information included in different configuration parameters is the same.
  • ssb-PositionsInBurst in SIB1 and ssb-PositionsInBurst in ServingCellConfigCommon provide the same configuration information.
  • the SSB includes an SSB in at least one transmission opportunity
  • the first indication information is used to indicate a frequency domain location of the SSB, including: the first indication information is used to indicate that at least one of the at least one transmission opportunity A frequency domain location of a transmitted SSB; or, the first indication information is used to indicate a frequency domain location of at least one untransmitted SSB in the at least one transmission opportunity.
  • the SSB includes an SSB in at least one transmission opportunity
  • the indication information of the frequency domain location of the SSB may include: indication information of the frequency domain location of at least one transmitted SSB in the at least one transmission opportunity; Or, indication information of the frequency domain location of at least one untransmitted SSB in the at least one transmission opportunity.
  • the SSB includes an SSB in an SSB transmission window; or, the SSB includes an SSB in a DRS transmission window.
  • time domain location at different frequency domain locations may be considered as one transmission opportunity, or may also be considered as multiple transmission opportunities.
  • the indication information of the frequency domain position of the SSB includes indication information of the frequency domain position of the SSB in multiple transmission opportunities, wherein the indication information of the frequency domain position of the SSB in different transmission opportunities is associated with different frequency domain positions. For example, assuming that the bitmap corresponding to ssb-PositionsInBurst on a serving cell includes [10000001] associated with BWP0, [01010100] associated with BWP1, and [00101010] associated with BWP2, then the SSB of the SSB sent on the serving cell is indicated.
  • the indices are that SSB0 and SSB7 are sent through BWP0, SSB1, SSB3 and SSB5 are sent through BWP1, and SSB2, SSB4 and SSB6 are sent through BWP2.
  • SSBs with the same SSB index transmitted in the SSB have the same Quasi Co-Location (QCL) relationship.
  • QCL Quasi Co-Location
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate the time domain position of the SSB.
  • the first indication information may further include indication information of the time domain position of the SSB.
  • the first indication information is further used to determine the position of the first SSB for activating the SSB transmitted on the BWP. That is, the terminal device determines, according to the first indication information, the position of the first SSB for activating the SSB transmitted on the BWP.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the terminal device on the activated BWP, a first physical downlink shared channel PDSCH sent by the network device according to the first SSB position; In the case where the RBs of the first PDSCH overlap with the RBs included in the first PDSCH, the terminal device determines that the resources corresponding to the overlapping RBs are not used for the first PDSCH transmission, and the first PDSCH includes at least one of the following situations:
  • the CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of the SI-RNTI and the system message indication included in the DCI in the PDCCH is 1;
  • the CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of the SI-RNTI, and the PDSCH includes other SIBs other than SIB1;
  • the CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of RA-RNTI, MsgB-RNTI, P-RNTI or TC-RNTI;
  • the method further includes: receiving, at the terminal device, the first indication information sent by the network device through the PBCH or MIB, and the terminal device receives the information scheduled by the PDCCH whose CRC scrambling code is SI-RNTI.
  • the first PDSCH and the system message indication included in the DCI in the PDCCH is 0, or, when the first PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH whose CRC scrambling code is SI-RNTI is received and the first PDSCH includes SIB1,
  • the terminal device receives the first PDSCH according to the first SSB position; if the RB included in the first SSB position overlaps with the RB included in the first PDSCH, the terminal device determines that the overlapping The resource corresponding to the RB is not used for the first PDSCH transmission.
  • the method further includes: when the terminal device receives the first PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH whose CRC scrambling code is SI-RNTI and the system message indication included in the DCI in the PDCCH is 0, or, receiving When the first PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH whose CRC scrambling code is SI-RNTI and the first PDSCH includes SIB1, the terminal device determines that no REs in the resource element REs included in the first PDSCH are used for SSB transmission . Further optionally, the first PDSCH includes the first indication information.
  • the terminal device receives first indication information sent by the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain location of the synchronization signal block SSB, and/or the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB.
  • the terminal device may complete initial access and data rate matching of downlink reception according to the first indication information.
  • the first indication information corresponding to the SSB transmission method in each of the four methods in the above example the initial access behavior of the terminal equipment and SSB-based downlink receive rate matching for example.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain position of the SSB in the DRS transmission opportunity window or the SSB transmission opportunity window and/or the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB.
  • the first indication information indicates the frequency domain location of the SSB, which may be: the first indication information indicates the association relationship between the BWP identifier and the SSB index transmitted in the SSB transmission opportunity in the BWP.
  • the first indication information includes 3 rows of bitmaps, each row of bitmaps includes 8 bits, and each row of bitmaps is associated with a BWP ID, wherein the first row of bitmaps is [10000001], which is used to indicate the SSB transmission opportunity on BWP0.
  • the SSBs are SSB0 and SSB7; the bitmap in the second row is [01010100], which is used to indicate that the SSBs transmitted in the SSB transmission opportunity on BWP1 are SSB1, SSB3, and SSB5; the bitmap in the third row is [00101010], which is used to indicate the SSBs on BWP2.
  • the SSBs transmitted in the SSB transmission opportunity are SSB2, SSB4 and SSB6.
  • the first indication information indicates the frequency domain position of the cell-defining SSB.
  • the first indication information is transmitted through at least one of PBCH, MIB and SIB1.
  • the first indication information includes ssb-PositionsInBurst in SIB1.
  • the first indication information is transmitted through high-layer signaling.
  • the first indication information includes ssb-PositionsInBurst in ServingCellConfigCommon.
  • the configuration information provided by the first indication information included in different configuration parameters is the same.
  • the first indication information indicates the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB, which may be: the first indication information indicates the association relationship between the coverage cell ID and the SSB index transmitted in the SSB transmission opportunity in the BWP.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device performs initial access, since its geographical location FP0 corresponds to the coverage of BWP2 and B6, it can detect SSB6 in BWP2 and access the network through the detected SSB6 in BWP2. It can be understood that the BWP2 here can be an activated BWP or an initial BWP. Further, the terminal device may receive the first indication information according to the system message associated with SSB6, and determine the SSB transmitted on different BWPs in the cell, or the association information between the BWP and the SSB, or the coverage cell and the SSB according to the first indication information. , or the association information between the coverage cell and the BWP, or the association information between the coverage cell, the BWP, and the SSB. The terminal device may measure the corresponding BWPs according to the information of the SSBs transmitted on different BWPs, or the terminal device may determine the corresponding BWP information after detecting the SSBs on other BWPs.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the first indication information, that the SSBs transmitted by the BWP2 include SSB2, SSB4 and SSB6, and further determines the rate matching of downlink data reception.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device receives the PDSCH scheduled by the SI-RNTI and the system information indication included in the DCI corresponding to the SI-RNTI is 0 (or when the PDSCH scheduled by the SI-RNTI includes the SIB1 information), the terminal device should assume that the None of the REs included in the received PDSCH is used for SSB transmission.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device receives the PDSCH scheduled by the SI-RNTI and the system information indication included in the DCI corresponding to the SI-RNTI is 1 (or when the PDSCH scheduled by the SI-RNTI includes system information other than SIB1), or receives PDSCH scheduled by RA-RNTI, MsgB-RNTI, P-RNTI or TC-RNTI, or PDSCH scheduled by PDCCH with CRC scrambling code C-RNTI, MCS-C-RNTI or CS-RNTI, or received SPS PDSCH , the terminal device shall determine, according to the first indication information, that the SSBs transmitted by the BWP2 include SSB2, SSB4 and SSB6.
  • the terminal device shall assume the resource corresponding to the overlapping PRB on the SSB transmitted symbol (or used for resources for transmitting SSB) are not used for PDSCH transmission.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain position of the SSB in the DRS transmission opportunity window or the frequency domain position of the SSB in the SSB transmission opportunity window and/or the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB.
  • the first indication information indicates the frequency domain location of the SSB, which may be: the first indication information indicates the association relationship between the BWP identifier and the SSB index transmitted in the SSB transmission opportunity in the BWP.
  • the first indication information includes 3 rows of bitmaps, each row of bitmaps includes 8 bits, and each row of bitmaps is associated with a BWP ID, wherein the first row of bitmaps is [11111111], which is used to indicate the SSB transmission opportunity on BWP0.
  • the SSBs are SSB0 to SSB7; the bitmap in the second row is [01010100], which is used to indicate that the SSBs transmitted in the SSB transmission opportunity on BWP1 are SSB1, SSB3, and SSB5; the bitmap in the third row is [00101010], which is used to indicate the SSB on BWP2.
  • the SSBs transmitted in the SSB transmission opportunity are SSB2, SSB4 and SSB6.
  • the SSBs transmitted in BWP0 are cell-defining SSBs
  • the SSBs transmitted in BWP1 and BWP2 are non-cell-defining SSBs.
  • the terminal device determines the initial BWP according to the indication information of the network device. For example, since the SSB sent in the first row includes the SSB sent in the second row and the third row, the terminal device can determine to send the BWP according to the first indication information.
  • the SSB of the cell-defining is BWP0, or the first indication information is also used to indicate the location of the initial BWP.
  • the first indication information is transmitted through at least one of PBCH, MIB and SIB1.
  • the first indication information includes ssb-PositionsInBurst in SIB1.
  • the first indication information is transmitted through high-layer signaling.
  • the first indication information includes ssb-PositionsInBurst in ServingCellConfigCommon.
  • the configuration information provided by the first indication information included in different configuration parameters is the same.
  • the first indication information indicates the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB, which may be: the first indication information indicates the association relationship between the coverage cell ID and the SSB index transmitted in the SSB transmission opportunity in the BWP.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device performs initial access, since its geographical location is the coverage of FP0 corresponding to BWP2 and B6, it can detect SSB6 in BWP2. Since SSB6 in BWP2 is a non-cell-defining SSB, the terminal After finding the non cell-defining SSB6 in the BWP2, the device can receive the cell-defining SSB at the location of the SSB6 in the BWP1 according to the indication information in the SSB6 in the BWP2, thereby accessing the network. It can be understood that the BWP2 here can be the activated BWP.
  • the terminal device can receive the first indication information according to the system message associated with SSB6 on BWP1 or the PBCH or MIB in BWP2, and determine the SSB transmitted on different BWPs in the cell according to the first indication information, or the BWP and The association information of the SSB, or the association information between the coverage cell and the SSB, or the association information between the coverage cell and the BWP, or the association information between the coverage cell, the BWP, and the SSB.
  • the terminal device may measure the corresponding BWPs according to the information of the SSBs transmitted on different BWPs, or the terminal device may determine the corresponding BWP information after detecting the SSBs on other BWPs.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the first indication information, that the SSBs transmitted by the BWP2 include SSB2, SSB4, and SSB6, and further determines the rate matching of downlink data reception.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device receives the PDSCH scheduled by the SI-RNTI and the system information indication included in the DCI corresponding to the SI-RNTI is 0 (or when the PDSCH scheduled by the SI-RNTI includes the SIB1 information), the terminal device should assume that the None of the REs included in the received PDSCH is used for SSB transmission.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device receives the PDSCH scheduled by the SI-RNTI and the system information indication included in the DCI corresponding to the SI-RNTI is 1 (or when the PDSCH scheduled by the SI-RNTI includes system information other than SIB1), or receives PDSCH scheduled by RA-RNTI, MsgB-RNTI, P-RNTI or TC-RNTI, or PDSCH scheduled by PDCCH with CRC scrambling code C-RNTI, MCS-C-RNTI or CS-RNTI, or received SPS PDSCH , the terminal device shall determine, according to the first indication information, that the SSBs transmitted by the BWP2 include SSB2, SSB4 and SSB6.
  • the terminal device shall assume the resource corresponding to the overlapping PRB on the SSB transmitted symbol (or used for resources for transmitting SSB) are not used for PDSCH transmission.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain position of the SSB in the DRS transmission opportunity window or the SSB transmission opportunity window and/or the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB.
  • the first indication information indicates the frequency domain location of the SSB, which may be: the first indication information indicates the BWP identifier including the SSB transmission opportunity, wherein the SSB index transmitted in each SSB transmission opportunity is the same.
  • the first indication information includes 1 row of 8-bit bitmaps, each row of bitmaps is associated with a BWP ID, the bitmap is [11111111], and is used to indicate that the SSBs transmitted in the SSB transmission opportunity are SSB0 to SSB7; in the first indication information It also includes the BWP index indication information or the frequency domain position of the first RB in the BWP corresponding to the BWP index, which is used to indicate the BWP that sends the SSB transmission opportunity in the cell.
  • the first indication information further includes a bitmap of 1 row and 4 bits, where the bitmap is [1110], which is used to indicate that the SSB transmission opportunities on BWP0, BWP1 and BWP2 include the transmitted SSB.
  • the SSBs transmitted in BWP0 are cell-defining SSBs
  • the SSBs transmitted in BWP1 and BWP2 are non-cell-defining SSBs.
  • the terminal device determines the initial BWP according to the indication information of the network device.
  • the first indication information is also used to indicate the location of the initial BWP, and the terminal device can determine that the SSB sending cell-defining is BWP0 according to the first indication information.
  • the first indication information is transmitted through at least one of PBCH, MIB and SIB1.
  • the first indication information includes ssb-PositionsInBurst in SIB1.
  • the first indication information is transmitted through high-layer signaling.
  • the first indication information includes ssb-PositionsInBurst in ServingCellConfigCommon.
  • the configuration information provided by the first indication information included in different configuration parameters is the same.
  • the first indication information indicates the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB, which may be: the first indication information indicates the association relationship between the coverage cell ID and the SSB index transmitted in the SSB transmission opportunity in the BWP.
  • the terminal equipment When the terminal equipment performs initial access, because its geographical location FP0 corresponds to the coverage of BWP2 and B6, it can detect SSB6 in BWP2. Since SSB6 in BWP2 is a non-cell-defining SSB, the terminal equipment After the non-cell-defining SSB6 in BWP2 is found, the cell-defining SSB can be received at the location of SSB6 in BWP1 according to the indication information in the SSB6 in the BWP2, thereby accessing the network. It can be understood that the BWP2 here can be the activated BWP.
  • the terminal device may receive the first indication information according to the system message associated with SSB6 on BWP1 or the PBCH or MIB in BWP2, and determine the SSBs transmitted on different BWPs in the cell according to the first indication information.
  • the terminal device may measure the corresponding BWPs according to the information of the SSBs transmitted on different BWPs, or the terminal device may determine the corresponding BWP information after detecting the SSBs on other BWPs.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the first indication information, that the SSBs transmitted by the BWP2 include SSB0 to SSB7, and further determines the rate matching of the downlink data reception.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device receives the PDSCH scheduled by the SI-RNTI and the system information indication included in the DCI corresponding to the SI-RNTI is 0 (or when the PDSCH scheduled by the SI-RNTI includes the SIB1 information), the terminal device should assume that the None of the REs included in the received PDSCH is used for SSB transmission.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device receives the PDSCH scheduled by the SI-RNTI and the system information indication included in the DCI corresponding to the SI-RNTI is 1 (or when the PDSCH scheduled by the SI-RNTI includes system information other than SIB1), or receives PDSCH scheduled by RA-RNTI, MsgB-RNTI, P-RNTI or TC-RNTI, or PDSCH scheduled by PDCCH with CRC scrambling code C-RNTI, MCS-C-RNTI or CS-RNTI, or received SPS PDSCH , the terminal device shall determine, according to the first indication information, that the SSBs transmitted by the BWP2 include SSB2, SSB4 and SSB6.
  • the terminal device shall assume the resource corresponding to this overlapping PRB on the symbols transmitted by the SSB (or Said resources used to transmit SSB) are not used for PDSCH transmission.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain position of the SSB in the DRS transmission opportunity window or the SSB transmission opportunity window and/or the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB.
  • the first indication information indicates the frequency domain location of the SSB. Since this method is the same as the SSB transmission method of Rel-15, the first indication information includes ssb-PositionsInBurst.
  • the first indication information includes a bitmap of 1 row of 8 bits, each row of bitmap is associated with a BWP ID, the bitmap is [11111111], and is used to indicate that the SSBs transmitted in the SSB transmission opportunity are SSB0 to SSB7.
  • the first indication information further includes the BWP identity or indication information of the association relationship between the frequency domain position of the first RB in the BWP corresponding to the BWP identity and the SSB index, which is used to indicate the SSB index associated with the BWP in the cell.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the association relationship shown in Table 2 below.
  • the terminal device determines the initial BWP according to the indication information of the network device.
  • the first indication information is also used to indicate the location of the initial BWP, and the terminal device can determine that the SSB sending cell-defining is BWP0 according to the first indication information.
  • the first indication information is transmitted through at least one of PBCH, MIB and SIB1.
  • the first indication information includes ssb-PositionsInBurst in SIB1.
  • the first indication information is transmitted through high-layer signaling.
  • the first indication information includes ssb-PositionsInBurst in ServingCellConfigCommon.
  • the configuration information provided by the first indication information included in different configuration parameters is the same.
  • the first indication information indicates the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB, which may be: the first indication information indicates the association relationship between the coverage cell ID and the SSB index transmitted in the SSB transmission opportunity in the BWP.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device performs initial access, since its geographical location FP0 corresponds to the coverage of BWP2 and B6 (corresponding to footprint index 6), it can detect SSB6 in BWP0 and access the network. It can be understood that the BWP2 here can be the activated BWP. Further, the terminal device may determine that the BWP associated with SSB6 is BWP2 according to the first indication information, so as to perform data transmission on BWP2 according to the beam direction corresponding to SSB6.
  • the terminal device determines that the BWP2 does not include SSB transmission, and further determines that the rate matching according to the SSB is not considered when receiving downlink data on the BWP2.
  • the terminal device receives first indication information sent by the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain location of the synchronization signal block SSB, and/or the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB.
  • the terminal device may complete initial access and data rate matching of downlink reception according to the first indication information.
  • terminal equipment located in different coverage cell areas on the ground can also access the cell through different BWPs, and Correctly complete the initial access of the NTN system and the rate matching of downlink data reception.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides one or more terminal devices.
  • the terminal device in this embodiment of the present application may implement any one of the foregoing methods.
  • FIG. 6A it is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a terminal device in an embodiment of the present invention, which may include:
  • the receiving module 601 is configured to receive first indication information sent by a network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain location of the synchronization signal block SSB, and/or the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB.
  • the terminal device further includes:
  • the processing module 602 is configured to determine the frequency domain location of the SSB and/or the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB according to the first indication information.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate at least two frequency domain positions of the SSB.
  • the frequency domain location of the SSB includes at least one of the following:
  • the ID of the resource block RB set for SSB transmission The ID of the resource block RB set for SSB transmission.
  • the frequency domain location of the SSB in the set of RBs transmitted by the SSB is the frequency domain location of the SSB in the set of RBs transmitted by the SSB.
  • the frequency domain position of the SSB in the BWP transmitted by the SSB includes at least one of the following:
  • the sync cell number of the sync cell transmitted by the SSB in the sync cell included in the BWP is the sync cell number of the sync cell transmitted by the SSB in the sync cell included in the BWP.
  • the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB includes at least one of the following:
  • the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the first indication information is used to determine that the SSB defining the cell is located at one frequency domain location; or, the first indication information is used to determine that the at least two SSBs defining the cell are located at different frequency domain locations.
  • the receiving module 601 is specifically configured to receive the first indication information sent by the network device through a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a system message or a high-level parameter.
  • the system message includes at least one of the following: a main message block MIB, a system message block one SIB1, and other SIBs other than SIB1.
  • the SSB includes an SSB in at least one transmission opportunity
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain location of the SSB, including: the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain location of at least one transmitted SSB in the at least one transmission opportunity or, the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain position of at least one untransmitted SSB in the at least one transmission opportunity.
  • SSBs with the same SSB index transmitted in the SSB have the same quasi-co-sited QCL relationship.
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate the time domain position of the SSB.
  • the processing module 602 is further configured to determine, according to the first indication information, a first SSB location for activating the SSB transmitted on the BWP.
  • the receiving module 601 is further configured to receive, on the activated BWP, the first physical downlink shared channel PDSCH sent by the network device according to the first SSB position;
  • the processing module 602 is further configured to, when the RB included in the first SSB position overlaps with the RB included in the first PDSCH, determine that the resource corresponding to the overlapping RB is not used for the first PDSCH transmission, and the first PDSCH includes at least one of the following condition:
  • the cyclic redundancy code CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the physical downlink control channel PDCCH of the SI-RNTI, and the system message indication included in the physical downlink control channel DCI in the PDCCH is 1;
  • the CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of the system information wireless network device temporarily identifying the SI-RNTI, and the PDSCH includes other SIBs other than SIB1;
  • the CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of the random access wireless network equipment temporary identifier RA-RNTI, MsgB-RNTI, the paging wireless network equipment temporary identifier P-RNTI or the temporary cell wireless network equipment temporary identifier TC-RNTI;
  • the CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the cell wireless network equipment temporary identifier C-RNTI, the modulation and coding scheme wireless network equipment temporary identifier MCS-C-RNTI, or the PDCCH scheduling of the configuration scheduling wireless network equipment temporary identifier CS-RNTI; and,
  • the receiving module 601 is further configured to receive, at the terminal device, the first indication information sent by the network device through the PBCH or MIB, and the terminal device receives the first PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH whose CRC scrambling code is SI-RNTI and the first PDSCH in the PDCCH.
  • the system message indication included in the DCI is 0, or, when the first PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH whose CRC scrambling code is SI-RNTI is received and the first PDSCH includes SIB1, the first PDSCH is received according to the first SSB position;
  • the processing module 602 is further configured to, in the case that the RB included in the first SSB location overlaps with the RB included in the first PDSCH, determine that the resource corresponding to the overlapping RB is not used for the first PDSCH transmission.
  • the terminal device may further include: a processing module 602, which is further configured to, when the terminal device receives the first PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH whose CRC scrambling code is SI-RNTI, and the system message indication included in the DCI in the PDCCH is 0, Or, when the first PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH whose CRC scrambling code is SI-RNTI is received and the first PDSCH includes SIB1, it is determined that no REs in the resource element REs included in the first PDSCH are used for SSB transmission.
  • a processing module 602 which is further configured to, when the terminal device receives the first PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH whose CRC scrambling code is SI-RNTI, and the system message indication included in the DCI in the PDCCH is 0, Or, when the first PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH whose CRC scrambling code is SI-RNTI is received and the first PDSCH includes SIB1, it is determined that no REs in the resource element REs included in the first PD
  • the first PDSCH includes first indication information.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides one or more network devices.
  • the network device in this embodiment of the present application may implement any one of the foregoing methods.
  • FIG. 7 it is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a network device in an embodiment of the present invention, which may include:
  • the sending module 701 is configured to send first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain location of the synchronization signal block SSB and/or the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate at least two frequency domain positions of the SSB.
  • the frequency domain location of the SSB includes at least one of the following:
  • the ID of the resource block RB set for SSB transmission The ID of the resource block RB set for SSB transmission.
  • the frequency domain location of the SSB in the set of RBs transmitted by the SSB is the frequency domain location of the SSB in the set of RBs transmitted by the SSB.
  • the frequency domain position of the SSB in the BWP transmitted by the SSB includes at least one of the following:
  • the sync cell number of the sync cell transmitted by the SSB in the sync cell included in the BWP is the sync cell number of the sync cell transmitted by the SSB in the sync cell included in the BWP.
  • the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB includes at least one of the following:
  • the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the first indication information is used to determine that the SSB defining the cell is located at one frequency domain location; or, the first indication information is used to determine that the at least two SSBs defining the cell are located at different frequency domain locations.
  • the sending module 701 is specifically configured to send the first indication information to the terminal device through a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a system message or a high-level parameter.
  • the system message includes at least one of the following: a main message block MIB, a system message block one SIB1, and other SIBs other than SIB1.
  • the SSB includes an SSB in at least one transmission opportunity
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain location of the SSB, including: the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain location of at least one transmitted SSB in the at least one transmission opportunity or, the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain position of at least one untransmitted SSB in the at least one transmission opportunity.
  • SSBs with the same SSB index transmitted in the SSB have the same quasi-co-sited QCL relationship.
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate the time domain position of the SSB.
  • the first indication information is further used by the terminal device to determine the location of the first SSB for activating the SSB transmitted on the BWP.
  • the sending module 701 is further configured to send the first physical downlink shared channel PDSCH according to the first SSB position on the activated BWP, wherein the first PDSCH is used for the RB included in the first SSB position and the first PDSCH included.
  • the terminal device determines that the resources corresponding to the overlapping RBs are not used for the first PDSCH transmission, and the first PDSCH includes at least one of the following situations:
  • the cyclic redundancy code CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the physical downlink control channel PDCCH of the SI-RNTI, and the system message indication included in the physical downlink control channel DCI in the PDCCH is 1;
  • the CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of the system information wireless network device temporarily identifying the SI-RNTI, and the PDSCH includes other SIBs other than SIB1;
  • the CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of the random access wireless network equipment temporary identifier RA-RNTI, MsgB-RNTI, the paging wireless network equipment temporary identifier P-RNTI or the temporary cell wireless network equipment temporary identifier TC-RNTI;
  • the CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the cell wireless network equipment temporary identifier C-RNTI, the modulation and coding scheme wireless network equipment temporary identifier MCS-C-RNTI, or the PDCCH scheduling of the configuration scheduling wireless network equipment temporary identifier CS-RNTI; and,
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides one or more terminal devices.
  • the terminal device in this embodiment of the present application may implement any one of the foregoing methods.
  • FIG. 8 it is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of the terminal device in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the terminal device is described by taking a mobile phone as an example, and may include: a radio frequency (RF) circuit 810, a memory 820, an input unit 830, A display unit 840, a sensor 850, an audio circuit 860, a wireless fidelity (WiFi) module 870, a processor 880, a power supply 890 and other components.
  • the radio frequency circuit 810 includes a receiver 814 and a transmitter 812 .
  • the RF circuit 810 can be used for receiving and sending signals during sending and receiving of information or during a call. In particular, after receiving the downlink information of the base station, it is processed by the processor 880; in addition, the designed uplink data is sent to the base station.
  • RF circuitry 810 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low noise amplifier (LNA), a duplexer, and the like.
  • RF circuitry 810 may also communicate with networks and other devices via wireless communication.
  • the above-mentioned wireless communication can use any communication standard or protocol, including but not limited to the global system of mobile communication (global system of mobile communication, GSM), general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), code division multiple access (code division multiple access) multiple access, CDMA), wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE), email, short message service (short messaging service, SMS) and so on.
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • general packet radio service general packet radio service
  • GPRS code division multiple access
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • long term evolution long term evolution
  • email short message service
  • the memory 820 can be used to store software programs and modules, and the processor 880 executes various functional applications and data processing of the mobile phone by running the software programs and modules stored in the memory 820 .
  • the memory 820 may mainly include a stored program area and a stored data area, wherein the stored program area may store an operating system, an application program required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.), etc.; Data created by the use of the mobile phone (such as audio data, phone book, etc.), etc. Additionally, memory 820 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, or other volatile solid state storage device.
  • the input unit 830 may be used for receiving inputted numerical or character information, and generating key signal input related to user setting and function control of the mobile phone.
  • the input unit 830 may include a touch panel 831 and other input devices 832 .
  • the touch panel 831 also referred to as a touch screen, can collect touch operations by the user on or near it (such as the user's finger, stylus, etc., any suitable object or accessory on or near the touch panel 831). operation), and drive the corresponding connection device according to the preset program.
  • the touch panel 831 may include two parts, a touch detection device and a touch controller.
  • the touch detection device detects the user's touch orientation, detects the signal brought by the touch operation, and transmits the signal to the touch controller; the touch controller receives the touch information from the touch detection device, converts it into contact coordinates, and then sends it to the touch controller.
  • the touch panel 831 can be implemented in various types such as resistive, capacitive, infrared, and surface acoustic waves.
  • the input unit 830 may further include other input devices 832 .
  • other input devices 832 may include, but are not limited to, one or more of physical keyboards, function keys (such as volume control keys, switch keys, etc.), trackballs, mice, joysticks, and the like.
  • the display unit 840 may be used to display information input by the user or information provided to the user and various menus of the mobile phone.
  • the display unit 840 may include a display panel 841.
  • the display panel 841 may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), or the like.
  • the touch panel 831 can cover the display panel 841, and when the touch panel 831 detects a touch operation on or near it, it transmits it to the processor 880 to determine the type of the touch event, and then the processor 880 determines the type of the touch event according to the touch event. Type provides corresponding visual output on display panel 841 .
  • the touch panel 831 and the display panel 841 are used as two independent components to realize the input and input functions of the mobile phone, in some embodiments, the touch panel 831 and the display panel 841 can be integrated to form Realize the input and output functions of the mobile phone.
  • the cell phone may also include at least one sensor 850, such as a light sensor, a motion sensor, and other sensors.
  • the light sensor may include an ambient light sensor and a proximity sensor, wherein the ambient light sensor may adjust the brightness of the display panel 841 according to the brightness of the ambient light, and the proximity sensor may turn off the display panel 841 and/or when the mobile phone is moved to the ear. or backlight.
  • the accelerometer sensor can detect the magnitude of acceleration in all directions (usually three axes), and can detect the magnitude and direction of gravity when it is stationary. games, magnetometer attitude calibration), vibration recognition related functions (such as pedometer, tapping), etc.; as for other sensors such as gyroscope, barometer, hygrometer, thermometer, infrared sensor, etc. Repeat.
  • the audio circuit 860, the speaker 861, and the microphone 862 can provide an audio interface between the user and the mobile phone.
  • the audio circuit 860 can transmit the received audio data converted electrical signals to the speaker 861, and the speaker 861 converts them into sound signals for output; on the other hand, the microphone 862 converts the collected sound signals into electrical signals, and the audio circuit 860 converts the collected sound signals into electrical signals. After receiving, it is converted into audio data, and then the audio data is output to the processor 880 for processing, and then sent to, for example, another mobile phone through the RF circuit 810, or the audio data is output to the memory 820 for further processing.
  • WiFi is a short-distance wireless transmission technology.
  • the mobile phone can help users to send and receive emails, browse web pages, and access streaming media through the WiFi module 870. It provides users with wireless broadband Internet access.
  • FIG. 8 shows the WiFi module 870, it can be understood that it is not a necessary component of the mobile phone, and can be completely omitted as required within the scope of not changing the essence of the invention.
  • the processor 880 is the control center of the mobile phone, using various interfaces and lines to connect various parts of the entire mobile phone, by running or executing the software programs and/or modules stored in the memory 820, and calling the data stored in the memory 820.
  • the processor 880 may include one or more processing units; preferably, the processor 880 may integrate an application processor and a modem processor, wherein the application processor mainly processes the operating system, user interface, and application programs, etc. , the modem processor mainly deals with wireless communication. It can be understood that, the above-mentioned modulation and demodulation processor may not be integrated into the processor 880.
  • the mobile phone also includes a power supply 890 (such as a battery) for supplying power to various components.
  • a power supply 890 (such as a battery) for supplying power to various components.
  • the power supply can be logically connected to the processor 880 through a power management system, so as to manage charging, discharging, and power consumption management functions through the power management system.
  • the mobile phone may also include a camera, a Bluetooth module, and the like, which will not be repeated here.
  • the RF circuit 810 is configured to receive the first indication information sent by the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain position of the synchronization signal block SSB, and/or the SSB corresponds to coverage area.
  • the processor 880 is configured to determine the frequency domain location of the SSB and/or the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB according to the first indication information.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate at least two frequency domain positions of the SSB.
  • the frequency domain location of the SSB includes at least one of the following:
  • the ID of the resource block RB set for SSB transmission The ID of the resource block RB set for SSB transmission.
  • the frequency domain location of the SSB in the set of RBs transmitted by the SSB is the frequency domain location of the SSB in the set of RBs transmitted by the SSB.
  • the frequency domain position of the SSB in the BWP transmitted by the SSB includes at least one of the following:
  • the sync cell number of the sync cell transmitted by the SSB in the sync cell included in the BWP is the sync cell number of the sync cell transmitted by the SSB in the sync cell included in the BWP.
  • the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB includes at least one of the following:
  • the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the first indication information is used to determine that the SSB defining the cell is located at one frequency domain location; or, the first indication information is used to determine that the at least two SSBs defining the cell are located at different frequency domain locations.
  • the RF circuit 810 is specifically configured to receive the first indication information sent by the network device through a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a system message or a high layer parameter.
  • the system message includes at least one of the following: a main message block MIB, a system message block one SIB1, and other SIBs other than SIB1.
  • the SSB includes an SSB in at least one transmission opportunity
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain location of the SSB, including: the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain location of at least one transmitted SSB in the at least one transmission opportunity or, the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain position of at least one untransmitted SSB in the at least one transmission opportunity.
  • SSBs with the same SSB index transmitted in the SSB have the same quasi-co-sited QCL relationship.
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate the time domain position of the SSB.
  • the processor 880 is further configured to determine, according to the first indication information, a first SSB location for activating the SSB transmitted on the BWP.
  • the RF circuit 810 is further configured to receive, on the activated BWP, the first physical downlink shared channel PDSCH sent by the network device according to the first SSB position;
  • the processor 880 is further configured to, when the RB included in the first SSB location overlaps with the RB included in the first PDSCH, determine that the resource corresponding to the overlapping RB is not used for the first PDSCH transmission, and the first PDSCH includes at least one of the following condition:
  • the cyclic redundancy code CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the physical downlink control channel PDCCH of the SI-RNTI, and the system message indication included in the physical downlink control channel DCI in the PDCCH is 1;
  • the CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of the system information wireless network device temporarily identifying the SI-RNTI, and the PDSCH includes other SIBs other than SIB1;
  • the CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of the random access wireless network equipment temporary identifier RA-RNTI, MsgB-RNTI, the paging wireless network equipment temporary identifier P-RNTI or the temporary cell wireless network equipment temporary identifier TC-RNTI;
  • the CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the cell wireless network equipment temporary identifier C-RNTI, the modulation and coding scheme wireless network equipment temporary identifier MCS-C-RNTI, or the PDCCH scheduling of the configuration scheduling wireless network equipment temporary identifier CS-RNTI; and,
  • the RF circuit 810 is further configured to receive, at the terminal device, the first indication information sent by the network device through the PBCH or MIB, and the terminal device receives the first PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH whose CRC scrambling code is SI-RNTI and the The system message indication included in the DCI is 0, or, when the first PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH whose CRC scrambling code is SI-RNTI is received and the first PDSCH includes SIB1, the first PDSCH is received according to the first SSB position;
  • the processor 880 is further configured to, in a case where the RB included in the first SSB location overlaps with the RB included in the first PDSCH, determine that the resource corresponding to the overlapping RB is not used for the first PDSCH transmission.
  • the processor 880 is further configured to, when the terminal device receives the first PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH whose CRC scrambling code is SI-RNTI and the system message indication included in the DCI in the PDCCH is 0, or receives the CRC scrambling code.
  • the code is the first PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of SI-RNTI and the first PDSCH includes SIB1, it is determined that no REs in the resource element REs included in the first PDSCH are used for SSB transmission.
  • the first PDSCH includes first indication information.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides one or more network devices.
  • the network device in this embodiment of the present application may implement any one of the foregoing methods.
  • FIG. 9 it is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a network device in an embodiment of the present invention, which may include:
  • the memory 901 is used for executable program codes
  • the transmitter 902 is configured to send first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain location of the synchronization signal block SSB, and/or the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate at least two frequency domain positions of the SSB.
  • the frequency domain location of the SSB includes at least one of the following:
  • the ID of the resource block RB set for SSB transmission The ID of the resource block RB set for SSB transmission.
  • the frequency domain location of the SSB in the set of RBs transmitted by the SSB is the frequency domain location of the SSB in the set of RBs transmitted by the SSB.
  • the frequency domain position of the SSB in the BWP transmitted by the SSB includes at least one of the following:
  • the sync cell number of the sync cell transmitted by the SSB in the sync cell included in the BWP is the sync cell number of the sync cell transmitted by the SSB in the sync cell included in the BWP.
  • the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB includes at least one of the following:
  • the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the first indication information is used to determine that the SSB defining the cell is located at one frequency domain location; or, the first indication information is used to determine that the at least two SSBs defining the cell are located at different frequency domain locations.
  • the transmitter 902 is specifically configured to send the first indication information to the terminal device through a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a system message or a high layer parameter.
  • the system message includes at least one of the following: a main message block MIB, a system message block one SIB1, and other SIBs other than SIB1.
  • the SSB includes an SSB in at least one transmission opportunity
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain location of the SSB, including: the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain location of at least one transmitted SSB in the at least one transmission opportunity or, the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain position of at least one untransmitted SSB in the at least one transmission opportunity.
  • SSBs with the same SSB index transmitted in the SSB have the same quasi-co-sited QCL relationship.
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate the time domain position of the SSB.
  • the first indication information is further used by the terminal device to determine the location of the first SSB for activating the SSB transmitted on the BWP.
  • the transmitter 902 is further configured to send the first physical downlink shared channel PDSCH according to the first SSB position on the activated BWP, wherein the first PDSCH is used for the RB included in the first SSB position and the first PDSCH included.
  • the terminal device determines that the resources corresponding to the overlapping RBs are not used for the first PDSCH transmission, and the first PDSCH includes at least one of the following situations:
  • the cyclic redundancy code CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the physical downlink control channel PDCCH of the SI-RNTI, and the system message indication included in the physical downlink control channel DCI in the PDCCH is 1;
  • the CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of the system information wireless network device temporarily identifying the SI-RNTI, and the PDSCH includes other SIBs other than SIB1;
  • the CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of the random access wireless network equipment temporary identifier RA-RNTI, MsgB-RNTI, the paging wireless network equipment temporary identifier P-RNTI or the temporary cell wireless network equipment temporary identifier TC-RNTI;
  • the CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the cell wireless network equipment temporary identifier C-RNTI, the modulation and coding scheme wireless network equipment temporary identifier MCS-C-RNTI, or the PDCCH scheduling of the configuration scheduling wireless network equipment temporary identifier CS-RNTI; and,
  • the above-mentioned embodiments it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • software it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present invention are generated.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be downloaded from a website site, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center is by wire (eg, coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be stored by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc., which includes one or more available media integrated.
  • the usable media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media (eg, Solid State Disk (SSD)), and the like.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Embodiments of the present invention provide a wireless communication method, a terminal device and a network device. When the network device indicates the position of a transmitted/untransmitted SSB, indication information may be used to indicate the frequency domain position of the SSB, and/or, a footprint corresponding to said SSB. The method can thus be used for the terminal device to complete data rate matching between an initial access and a downlink reception. Embodiments of the present invention may comprise: a terminal device receives first indication information sent by a network device, said first indication information being used for indicating the frequency domain position of a synchronization signal block (SSB), and/or, the footprint corresponding to said SSB.

Description

无线通信方法、终端设备及网络设备Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device 技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,尤其涉及一种无线通信方法、终端设备及网络设备。The present application relates to the field of communications, and in particular, to a wireless communication method, terminal device and network device.
背景技术Background technique
在非地面通信网络设备(Non Terrestrial Network,NTN)系统中,当一个网络设备(例如卫星)通过多波束为多个地面上的覆盖小区(foot print)进行服务时,该多个foot print可以对应相同的小区标识(Identity,ID)。另外,在频率复用因子大于1的情况下,不同的foot print可以对应不同的频率资源。在这些场景下,现有的初始接入机制需要进行增强。In a non-terrestrial network (Non Terrestrial Network, NTN) system, when a network device (such as a satellite) serves multiple terrestrial coverage cells (footprints) through multiple beams, the multiple footprints can correspond to The same cell identity (Identity, ID). In addition, when the frequency reuse factor is greater than 1, different footprints can correspond to different frequency resources. In these scenarios, the existing initial access mechanism needs to be enhanced.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本发明实施例提供了一种无线通信方法、终端设备及网络设备,用于网络设备在指示传输/未传输的SSB的位置时,可以通过指示信息指示SSB的频域位置,和/或,SSB对应的覆盖小区,从而用于终端设备完成初始接入和下行接收的数据速率匹配。Embodiments of the present invention provide a wireless communication method, a terminal device, and a network device, so that when the network device indicates the location of the transmitted/untransmitted SSB, it can indicate the frequency domain location of the SSB through indication information, and/or the SSB The corresponding coverage cell is used for the terminal equipment to complete the data rate matching between initial access and downlink reception.
本发明实施例的第一方面提供一种无线通信方法,可以包括:终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示同步信号块SSB的频域位置,和/或,所述SSB对应的覆盖小区。A first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a wireless communication method, which may include: a terminal device receiving first indication information sent by a network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a frequency domain location of a synchronization signal block SSB, and/ Or, the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB.
本发明实施例的第二方面提供一种无线通信方法,可以包括:网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示同步信号块SSB的频域位置,和/或,所述SSB对应的覆盖小区。A second aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a wireless communication method, which may include: a network device sending first indication information to a terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a frequency domain location of a synchronization signal block SSB, and/or , the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB.
本发明实施例又一方面提供了一种终端设备,具有指示完成初始接入和下行接收的数据速率匹配的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。Another aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a terminal device, which has a function of indicating completion of data rate matching between initial access and downlink reception. This function can be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
本发明实施例又一方面提供了一种网络设备,具有指示完成初始接入和下行接收的数据速率匹配的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。Another aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a network device, which has a function of instructing completion of data rate matching between initial access and downlink reception. This function can be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
本发明实施例又一方面提供一种终端设备,包括:存储有可执行程序代码的存储器;与所述存储器耦合的收发器;所述收发器用于执行本发明实施例第一方面中所述的方法。Another aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a terminal device, including: a memory storing executable program codes; a transceiver coupled to the memory; the transceiver is configured to execute the method described in the first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention method.
本发明实施例又一方面提供一种终端设备,包括:存储有可执行程序代码的存储器;与所述存储器耦合的收发器;所述收发器用于执行本发明实施例第二方面中所述的方法。Another aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a terminal device, including: a memory storing executable program codes; a transceiver coupled to the memory; the transceiver is configured to execute the method described in the second aspect of the embodiments of the present invention method.
本发明实施例又一方面提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如本发明第一方面或第二方面中所述的方法。Yet another aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a computer-readable storage medium, comprising instructions, which, when executed on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method as described in the first aspect or the second aspect of the present invention.
本发明实施例又一方面提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如本发明第一方面或第二方面中所述的方法。Yet another aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a computer program product comprising instructions, which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method as described in the first aspect or the second aspect of the present invention.
本发明实施例又一方面提供一种芯片,所述芯片与所述终端设备中的存储器耦合,使得所述芯片在运行时调用所述存储器中存储的程序指令,使得所述终端设备执行如本发明第一方面中所述的方法。Another aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a chip, where the chip is coupled to a memory in the terminal device, so that the chip invokes program instructions stored in the memory when running, so that the terminal device executes the program as described above The method described in the first aspect of the invention.
本发明实施例又一方面提供一种芯片,所述芯片与所述网络设备中的存储器耦合,使得所述芯片在运行时调用所述存储器中存储的程序指令,使得所述网络设备执行如本发明第二方面中所述的方法。Another aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a chip, where the chip is coupled to a memory in the network device, so that the chip invokes program instructions stored in the memory when running, so that the network device executes the program as described herein. The method described in the second aspect of the invention.
本发明实施例提供的技术方案中,终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示同步信号块SSB的频域位置,和/或,所述SSB对应的覆盖小区。终端设备可以根据第一指示信息完成初始接入以及下行接收的数据速率匹配。通过本申请实施例的方法,可以使位于地面上的不同覆盖小区的终端设备可以正确完成NTN系统的初始接入和下行数据接收的速率匹配。In the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal device receives first indication information sent by the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain position of the synchronization signal block SSB, and/or the coverage corresponding to the SSB community. The terminal device may complete initial access and data rate matching of downlink reception according to the first indication information. Through the method of the embodiment of the present application, the terminal equipment located on the ground with different coverage cells can correctly complete the initial access of the NTN system and the rate matching of the downlink data reception.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1A为NR系统中在不同情况下关于FR1的部分SSB图案的一个示意图;1A is a schematic diagram of a partial SSB pattern for FR1 in an NR system under different conditions;
图1B为NR系统中在不同情况下关于FR2的部分SSB图案的一个示意图;FIG. 1B is a schematic diagram of a partial SSB pattern for FR2 in an NR system under different conditions;
图1C为以Case A中的SSB图案为例的一组SSB在一个半帧内的示意图;FIG. 1C is a schematic diagram of a group of SSBs in one field, taking the SSB pattern in Case A as an example;
图2A为本发明实施例所应用的NTN场景的示意图;2A is a schematic diagram of an NTN scenario to which an embodiment of the present invention is applied;
图2B为NTN场景中频率复用因子为1的示意图;2B is a schematic diagram of a frequency reuse factor of 1 in an NTN scene;
图2C为NTN场景中频率复用因子为3的示意图;2C is a schematic diagram of a frequency reuse factor of 3 in an NTN scene;
图2D为NTN场景中频率复用因子为2的示意图;2D is a schematic diagram of a frequency reuse factor of 2 in an NTN scene;
图3A为本发明实施例所应用的通信系统的系统架构图;3A is a system architecture diagram of a communication system to which an embodiment of the present invention is applied;
图3B为本发明实施例所应用的通信系统的系统架构图;3B is a system architecture diagram of a communication system to which an embodiment of the present invention is applied;
图3C为本发明实施例所应用的通信系统的系统架构图;3C is a system architecture diagram of a communication system to which an embodiment of the present invention is applied;
图4A为本发明实施例中基于波束的NTN布网场景的示例图;4A is an exemplary diagram of a beam-based NTN network deployment scenario in an embodiment of the present invention;
图4B为本发明实施例中网络设备进行SSB传输的方式的示例图;4B is an exemplary diagram of a manner in which a network device performs SSB transmission in an embodiment of the present invention;
图4C为本发明实施例中网络设备进行SSB传输的方式的示例图;4C is an exemplary diagram of a manner in which a network device performs SSB transmission in an embodiment of the present invention;
图4D为本发明实施例中网络设备进行SSB传输的方式的示例图;4D is an exemplary diagram of a manner in which a network device performs SSB transmission in an embodiment of the present invention;
图4E为本发明实施例中网络设备进行SSB传输的方式的示例图;4E is an exemplary diagram of a manner in which a network device performs SSB transmission in an embodiment of the present invention;
图5为本申请实施例中同步信号块SSB的传输方法的一个实施例示意图;5 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a method for transmitting a synchronization signal block SSB in an embodiment of the present application;
图6A为本申请实施例中终端设备的一个示意图;6A is a schematic diagram of a terminal device in an embodiment of the present application;
图6B为本申请实施例中终端设备的另一个示意图;6B is another schematic diagram of a terminal device in an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例中网络设备的一个示意图;7 is a schematic diagram of a network device in an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例中终端设备的另一个示意图;8 is another schematic diagram of a terminal device in an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例中网络设备的另一个示意图。FIG. 9 is another schematic diagram of a network device in an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行描述,显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本发明一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例,本领域技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本发明保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. Obviously, the described embodiments are only a part of the embodiments of the present invention, rather than all the embodiments. Based on the embodiments of the present invention, all other embodiments obtained by those skilled in the art without creative efforts shall fall within the protection scope of the present invention.
下面先对本申请中涉及到的一些术语做一个简要的说明,如下所示:The following is a brief description of some terms involved in this application, as follows:
下一代(新无线通信系统)(New radio,NR)系统的研究目前主要考虑两个频段,频段FR1(Frequency range 1)和频段FR2(Frequency range 2),其中,FR1和FR2包括的频域范围如表1所示。应理解,本申请实施例可以应用于FR1和FR2频段,也可以应用于其他频段,例如52.6GHz到71GHz的频段,或71GHz到100GHz的频段等,本申请对此并不限定。The research on the next generation (New Radio, NR) system currently mainly considers two frequency bands, the frequency band FR1 (Frequency range 1) and the frequency band FR2 (Frequency range 2). Among them, FR1 and FR2 include the frequency domain range As shown in Table 1. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present application may be applied to FR1 and FR2 frequency bands, and may also be applied to other frequency bands, such as a frequency band of 52.6 GHz to 71 GHz, or a frequency band of 71 GHz to 100 GHz, which is not limited in this application.
频段定义Band Definition 对应频段范围Corresponding frequency range
FR1FR1 410MHz–7.125GHz410MHz–7.125GHz
FR2FR2 24.25GHz–52.6GHz24.25GHz–52.6GHz
表1Table 1
NR系统的研究中包括非地面通信网络设备(Non Terrestrial Network,NTN)技术,NTN一般采用卫星通信的方式向地面用户提供通信服务。相比地面蜂窝网通信,卫星通信具有很多独特的优点。首先,卫星通信不受用户地域的限制,例如一般的陆地通信不能覆盖海洋、高山、沙漠等无法搭设通信设备或由于人口稀少而不做通信覆盖的区域,而对于卫星通信来说,由于一颗卫星即可以覆盖较大的地面,加之卫星可以围绕地球做轨道运动,因此理论上地球上每一个角落都可以被卫星通信覆盖。其次,卫星通信有较大的社会价值。卫星通信在边远山区、贫穷落后的国家或地区都可以以较低的成本覆盖到,从而使这些地区的人们享受到先进的语音通信和移动互联网技术,有利于缩小与发达地区的数字鸿沟,促进这些地区的发展。再次,卫星通信距离远,且通信距离增大通讯的成本没有明显增加;最后,卫星通信的稳定性高,不受自然灾害的限制。The research of NR system includes non-terrestrial communication network equipment (Non Terrestrial Network, NTN) technology. NTN generally uses satellite communication to provide communication services to terrestrial users. Compared with terrestrial cellular network communication, satellite communication has many unique advantages. First of all, satellite communication is not limited by the user's geographical area. For example, general terrestrial communication cannot cover areas such as oceans, mountains, deserts, etc. where communication equipment cannot be set up or cannot be covered due to sparse population. For satellite communication, due to a single Satellites can cover a large ground, and satellites can orbit around the earth, so theoretically every corner of the earth can be covered by satellite communications. Secondly, satellite communication has great social value. Satellite communications can be covered at low cost in remote mountainous areas and poor and backward countries or regions, so that people in these regions can enjoy advanced voice communication and mobile Internet technologies, which is conducive to narrowing the digital divide with developed regions and promoting development in these areas. Thirdly, the satellite communication distance is long, and the communication cost does not increase significantly when the communication distance increases; finally, the satellite communication has high stability and is not limited by natural disasters.
通信卫星按照轨道高度的不同分为LEO(Low-Earth Orbit,低地球轨道)卫星、MEO(Medium-Earth Orbit,中地球轨道)卫星、GEO(Geostationary Earth Orbit,地球同步轨道)卫星、HEO(High Elliptical Orbit,高椭圆轨道)卫星等等。目前阶段主要研究的是LEO和GEO。Communication satellites are classified into LEO (Low-Earth Orbit, low earth orbit) satellites, MEO (Medium-Earth Orbit, medium earth orbit) satellites, GEO (Geostationary Earth Orbit, geosynchronous orbit) satellites, HEO (High Earth orbit) satellites according to the different orbital altitudes. Elliptical Orbit, high elliptical orbit) satellites, etc. The main research at this stage is LEO and GEO.
对于LEO卫星,轨道高度范围为500km~1500km,相应轨道周期约为1.5小时~2小时。终端间单跳通信的信号传播延迟一般小于20ms。最大卫星可视时间20分钟。信号传播距离短,链路损耗少,对终端的发射功率要求不高。For LEO satellites, the orbital altitude ranges from 500km to 1500km, and the corresponding orbital period is about 1.5 hours to 2 hours. The signal propagation delay of single-hop communication between terminals is generally less than 20ms. The maximum satellite viewing time is 20 minutes. The signal propagation distance is short, the link loss is low, and the transmit power requirements of the terminal are not high.
对于GEO卫星,轨道高度为35786km,围绕地球旋转周期为24小时。用户间单跳通信的信号传播延迟一般为250ms。For the GEO satellite, the orbital altitude is 35786km, and the rotation period around the earth is 24 hours. The signal propagation delay of single-hop communication between users is generally 250ms.
为了保证卫星的覆盖以及提升整个卫星通信系统的系统容量,卫星采用多波束覆盖地面,一颗卫星可以形成几十甚至数百个波束来覆盖地面;一颗卫星波束可以覆盖直径几十至上百公里的地面区域。In order to ensure the coverage of satellites and improve the system capacity of the entire satellite communication system, satellites use multiple beams to cover the ground. A satellite can form tens or even hundreds of beams to cover the ground; a satellite beam can cover tens to hundreds of kilometers in diameter ground area.
NR系统中的初始接入是通过同步信号块(Synchronizing Signal/PBCH Block,SSB或SS/PBCH block)来完成的。SSB包括主同步信号(Primary synchronization signal,PSS)、辅同步信号(Secondary synchronization signal,SSS)和物理广播信道(Physical Broadcast Channel,PBCH)。The initial access in the NR system is accomplished through a synchronization signal block (Synchronizing Signal/PBCH Block, SSB or SS/PBCH block). The SSB includes a primary synchronization signal (PSS), a secondary synchronization signal (SSS) and a physical broadcast channel (Physical Broadcast Channel, PBCH).
在NR系统中,FR1支持的同步信号块SSB图案包括3种情况(Case A,Case B,Case C),FR2支持的SSB图案包括2种情况(Case D,Case E)。其中,一次SSB传输机会可以包括一个或多个SSB,一个SSB在时域上包括4个符号,一组SSB传输机会应在一个半帧(5ms)内完成传输。假设一个半帧内 的第一个时隙的第一个符号的索引为符号0:In the NR system, the synchronization signal block SSB pattern supported by FR1 includes 3 cases (Case A, Case B, Case C), and the SSB pattern supported by FR2 includes 2 cases (Case D, Case E). One SSB transmission opportunity may include one or more SSBs, one SSB includes 4 symbols in the time domain, and a group of SSB transmission opportunities should complete transmission within one half frame (5ms). Suppose the index of the first symbol of the first slot in a field is symbol 0:
(1)Case A-15kHz子载波间隔:(1) Case A-15kHz subcarrier spacing:
1)SSB的第一个符号的索引包括{2,8}+14*n;1) The index of the first symbol of the SSB includes {2,8}+14*n;
2)对于非共享频谱:2) For non-shared spectrum:
①载波频率小于或等于3GHz,n=0,1;①The carrier frequency is less than or equal to 3GHz, n=0,1;
②FR1内载波频率大于3GHz,n=0,1,2,3;②The carrier frequency in FR1 is greater than 3GHz, n=0,1,2,3;
3)对于共享频谱,n=0,1,2,3,4。3) For shared spectrum, n=0,1,2,3,4.
(2)Case B-30kHz子载波间隔:(2) Case B-30kHz subcarrier spacing:
1)SSB的第一个符号的索引包括{4,8,16,20}+28*n;1) The index of the first symbol of SSB includes {4,8,16,20}+28*n;
①载波频率小于或等于3GHz,n=0;①The carrier frequency is less than or equal to 3GHz, n=0;
②FR1内载波频率大于3GHz,n=0,1。②The carrier frequency in FR1 is greater than 3GHz, and n=0,1.
(3)Case C-30kHz子载波间隔:(3) Case C-30kHz subcarrier spacing:
1)SSB的第一个符号的索引包括{2,8}+14*n;1) The index of the first symbol of the SSB includes {2,8}+14*n;
2)对于非共享频谱且属于成对频谱(例如频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex,FDD)场景);2) For non-shared spectrum and belong to paired spectrum (for example, frequency division duplex (Frequency Division Duplex, FDD) scenario);
①载波频率小于或等于3GHz,n=0,1;①The carrier frequency is less than or equal to 3GHz, n=0,1;
②FR1内载波频率大于3GHz,n=0,1,2,3;②The carrier frequency in FR1 is greater than 3GHz, n=0,1,2,3;
3)对于非共享频谱且属于非成对频谱(例如时分双工(Time Division Duplex,TDD)场景);3) For non-shared spectrum and belong to non-paired spectrum (for example, Time Division Duplex (TDD) scenario);
①载波频率小于或等于2.4GHz,n=0,1;①The carrier frequency is less than or equal to 2.4GHz, n=0,1;
②FR1内载波频率大于2.4GHz,n=0,1,2,3。②The carrier frequency in FR1 is greater than 2.4GHz, and n=0,1,2,3.
4)对于共享频谱,n=0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9。4) For shared spectrum, n=0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9.
(4)Case D-120kHz子载波间隔:(4) Case D-120kHz subcarrier spacing:
1)SSB的第一个符号的索引包括{4,8,16,20}+28*n;1) The index of the first symbol of SSB includes {4,8,16,20}+28*n;
①对于FR2内的载波频率,n=0,1,2,3,5,6,7,8,10,11,12,13,15,16,17,18。①For the carrier frequency in FR2, n=0, 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18.
(5)Case E-240kHz子载波间隔:(5) Case E-240kHz subcarrier spacing:
1)SSB的第一个符号的索引包括{8,12,16,20,32,36,40,44}+56*n;1) The index of the first symbol of the SSB includes {8, 12, 16, 20, 32, 36, 40, 44}+56*n;
①对于FR2内的载波频率,n=0,1,2,3,5,6,7,8。①For the carrier frequency in FR2, n=0,1,2,3,5,6,7,8.
如图1A所示,为NR系统中在不同情况下关于FR1的部分SSB图案的一个示意图。如图1B所示,为NR系统中在不同情况下关于FR2的部分SSB图案的一个示意图。如图1C所示,为以Case A中的SSB图案为例的一组SSB传输机会在一个半帧内的示意图。As shown in FIG. 1A , it is a schematic diagram of partial SSB patterns of FR1 under different conditions in an NR system. As shown in FIG. 1B , it is a schematic diagram of partial SSB patterns of FR2 under different conditions in the NR system. As shown in FIG. 1C , it is a schematic diagram of a group of SSB transmission opportunities in one half frame, taking the SSB pattern in Case A as an example.
在NR系统中,终端设备的初始接入过程可以通过检测同步栅格(Sync Raster)上的同步信号块(Synchronization Signal/PBCH Block,SSB或SS/PBCH block)来完成。SSB通过发现信号传输机会窗口(Discovery Burst Transmission Window)或SSB传输机会窗口进行传输。其中,发现信号传输机会窗口也可以称为DRS传输机会窗口。DRS传输机会窗口或SSB传输机会窗口是周期出现的,该周期可以是网络设备通过高层参数配置的。DRS传输机会窗口或SSB传输机会窗口中可以包括一组用于SSB传输的候选位置。对于FR1,一组SSB传输机会中最多可以包括8个SSB,对于FR2,一组SSB传输机会中最多可以包括64个SSB。In the NR system, the initial access process of the terminal equipment can be completed by detecting the synchronization signal block (Synchronization Signal/PBCH Block, SSB or SS/PBCH block) on the synchronization grid (Sync Raster). SSB transmits through the Discovery Burst Transmission Window or the SSB Transmission Opportunity Window. The discovery signal transmission opportunity window may also be referred to as the DRS transmission opportunity window. The DRS transmission opportunity window or the SSB transmission opportunity window occurs periodically, and the period may be configured by the network device through high-layer parameters. A set of candidate positions for SSB transmission may be included in the DRS transmission opportunity window or the SSB transmission opportunity window. For FR1, a set of SSB transmission opportunities can include up to 8 SSBs, and for FR2, a set of SSB transmission opportunities can include up to 64 SSBs.
SSB包括两种类型:一种是用于确定小区的SSB,也称为cell-defining SSB,cell-defining SSB关联小区的系统消息,例如系统消息块(system information block 1,SIB1)等的传输,终端设备在搜到cell-defining SSB后,可以完成小区的初始接入。cell-defining SSB总是在同步栅格上传输。cell-defining SSB除了用于小区的初始接入,也可以用于基于SSB的测量。另一种是不用于确定小区的SSB,也称为non cell-defining SSB,non cell-defining SSB不关联小区的系统消息传输,non cell-defining SSB的物理广播信道(Physical Broadcast Channel,PBCH)中包括指示信息,该指示信息用于指示cell-defining SSB的位置。终端设备在搜到non cell-defining SSB后,可以根据该指示信息接收cell-defining SSB,从而完成小区的初始接入。non cell-defining SSB可以在同步栅格上传输,也可以不在同步栅格上传输。non cell-defining SSB主要用于终端设备基于SSB进行测量。SSB includes two types: one is the SSB used to determine the cell, also known as cell-defining SSB, the cell-defining SSB is associated with the system message of the cell, such as the transmission of system message block (system information block 1, SIB1), etc., After the terminal device finds the cell-defining SSB, it can complete the initial access to the cell. The cell-defining SSB is always transmitted on the sync grid. The cell-defining SSB can also be used for SSB-based measurement in addition to the initial access of the cell. The other is the SSB that is not used to determine the cell, also known as the non cell-defining SSB, the system message transmission of the non cell-defining SSB not associated with the cell, and the physical broadcast channel (Physical Broadcast Channel, PBCH) of the non cell-defining SSB. Including indication information, which is used to indicate the location of the cell-defining SSB. After the terminal device finds the non cell-defining SSB, it can receive the cell-defining SSB according to the indication information, thereby completing the initial access of the cell. A non-cell-defining SSB may or may not be transmitted on a synchronized grid. The non cell-defining SSB is mainly used for terminal equipment to measure based on SSB.
网络设备会通过指示信息指示实际发送的SSB,其中,该指示信息包括SIB1中的ssb-PositionsInBurst和服务小区公共配置(ServingCellConfigCommon)中的传输机会中的SSB位置指示信息;例如ssb-PositionsInBurst提供的配置信息。终端设备期望ServingCellConfigCommon中的ssb-PositionsInBurst提供的配置信息和SIB1中的ssb-PositionsInBurst提供的配置信息相同。终端设备可以通过网络设备的指示信息,例如ssb-PositionsInBurst来确定实际发送的SSB。该指示信 息对应一个比特地图(bitmap),其中,该bitmap中的第1个比特对应SSB索引0,该bitmap中的第2个比特对应SSB索引1,等等,以此类推。作为示例,如果该比特为0,用于指示该比特对应的SSB未被传输,如果该比特为1,用于指示该比特对应的SSB被传输。例如,假设一个服务小区上ssb-PositionsInBurst对应的bitmap为[10100000],那么说明该服务小区上发送的SSB的SSB索引为SSB 0和SSB 2。The network device will indicate the actually sent SSB through indication information, where the indication information includes ssb-PositionsInBurst in SIB1 and SSB position indication information in the transmission opportunity in the serving cell common configuration (ServingCellConfigCommon); for example, the configuration provided by ssb-PositionsInBurst information. The terminal device expects the configuration information provided by ssb-PositionsInBurst in ServingCellConfigCommon to be the same as the configuration information provided by ssb-PositionsInBurst in SIB1. The terminal device can determine the actually sent SSB through the indication information of the network device, such as ssb-PositionsInBurst. The indication information corresponds to a bitmap, wherein the first bit in the bitmap corresponds to SSB index 0, the second bit in the bitmap corresponds to SSB index 1, and so on, and so on. As an example, if the bit is 0, it is used to indicate that the SSB corresponding to the bit is not transmitted, and if the bit is 1, it is used to indicate that the SSB corresponding to the bit is transmitted. For example, assuming that the bitmap corresponding to ssb-PositionsInBurst on a serving cell is [10100000], it means that the SSB indices of the SSB sent on the serving cell are SSB 0 and SSB 2.
当收到SI-RNTI(System Information Radio Network Temporary Identifier,系统信息无线网络设备临时标识)调度的物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,PDSCH)且SI-RNTI对应的下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI)中包括的系统信息指示为0(或者说当收到SI-RNTI调度的PDSCH中包括SIB1信息)时,终端设备应假设该接收的PDSCH包括的资源单元(Resource element,RE)中没有RE用于SSB传输。When receiving the physical downlink shared channel (Physical Downlink Shared Channel, PDSCH) scheduled by SI-RNTI (System Information Radio Network Temporary Identifier, system information wireless network device temporary identifier) and the downlink control information corresponding to SI-RNTI (Downlink Control Information, When the system information indication included in the DCI) is 0 (or in other words, when the PDSCH scheduled by the SI-RNTI includes SIB1 information), the terminal device should assume that there is no RE in the resource element (Resource element, RE) included in the received PDSCH. Used for SSB transfers.
当收到SI-RNTI调度的PDSCH且SI-RNTI对应的DCI中包括的系统信息指示为1(或者说当收到SI-RNTI调度的PDSCH中包括非SIB1的系统信息),或收到RA-RNTI(Random Access RNTI,随机接入RNTI)、MsgB-RNTI、P-RNTI(Paging RNTI,寻呼RNTI)或TC-RNTI(Temporary C-RNTI,临时C-RNTI)调度的PDSCH,或收到循环冗余编码(Cyclic Redundancy Code,CRC)扰码为C-RNTI(Cell RNTI,小区RNTI)、MCS-C-RNTI(Modulation and Coding Scheme C-RNTI,调制编码方案C-RNTI)或CS-RNTI(Configured Scheduling RNTI,配置调度RNTI)的物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDCCH)调度的PDSCH,或收到半持续调度(Semi-Persistent Scheduling,SPS)PDSCH时,终端设备应根据指示信息例如ssb-PositionsInBurst来假设被传输的SSB,如果被调度的PDSCH中的物理资源块(Physical Resource Block,PRB)与用于传输SSB的PRB有重叠,那么终端设备应假设在SSB传输的符号上的该重叠的PRB对应的资源(或者说用于传输SSB的资源)不用于PDSCH传输。When the PDSCH scheduled by SI-RNTI is received and the system information indicator included in the DCI corresponding to the SI-RNTI is 1 (or when the PDSCH scheduled by SI-RNTI includes system information other than SIB1), or the RA- RNTI (Random Access RNTI, Random Access RNTI), MsgB-RNTI, P-RNTI (Paging RNTI, Paging RNTI) or TC-RNTI (Temporary C-RNTI, Temporary C-RNTI) scheduled PDSCH, or receive cyclic The redundancy coding (Cyclic Redundancy Code, CRC) scrambling code is C-RNTI (Cell RNTI, cell RNTI), MCS-C-RNTI (Modulation and Coding Scheme C-RNTI, modulation and coding scheme C-RNTI) or CS-RNTI ( Configured Scheduling RNTI, when the PDSCH scheduled by the Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) of the Configured Scheduling RNTI, or the PDSCH scheduled by the Semi-Persistent Scheduling (SPS), the terminal device should follow the instruction information such as ssb -PositionsInBurst to assume the transmitted SSB, if the Physical Resource Block (PRB) in the scheduled PDSCH overlaps the PRB used to transmit the SSB, then the terminal device shall assume this overlap on the symbols transmitted by the SSB The resources corresponding to the PRB (or resources used for SSB transmission) are not used for PDSCH transmission.
在本申请实施例所示的NTN场景中,一个卫星可以通过多波束为多个foot print进行服务,一个foot print可以认为是地面的一个覆盖区域,也可以称为覆盖小区。其中,该多个foot print对应相同的小区标识(Identity,ID)或者说对应相同的卫星小区。如图2A所示,为本发明实施例所应用的NTN场景的示意图。In the NTN scenario shown in the embodiment of the present application, one satellite may serve multiple footprints through multiple beams, and one footprint may be considered as a coverage area on the ground, and may also be called a coverage cell. The multiple footprints correspond to the same cell identity (Identity, ID) or correspond to the same satellite cell. As shown in FIG. 2A , it is a schematic diagram of an NTN scenario to which an embodiment of the present invention is applied.
一个foot print可以对应一个或多个波束。具体地,以一个foot print对应一个波束为例,在基于波束的NTN布网场景中可以包括3种情况:A footprint can correspond to one or more beams. Specifically, taking one footprint corresponding to one beam as an example, there are three situations in the beam-based NTN network deployment scenario:
情况1:频率复用因子(Frequency re-use factor)为1,如图2B所示,为NTN场景中频率复用因子为1的示意图。Case 1: the frequency re-use factor is 1, as shown in FIG. 2B , which is a schematic diagram of the frequency re-use factor being 1 in the NTN scene.
情况2:频率复用因子(Frequency re-use factor)为3,如图2C所示,为NTN场景中频率复用因子为3的示意图。Case 2: the frequency re-use factor is 3, as shown in FIG. 2C , which is a schematic diagram of the frequency re-use factor being 3 in the NTN scene.
情况3:频率复用因子(Frequency re-use factor)为2,如图2D所示,为NTN场景中频率复用因子为2的示意图。Case 3: The frequency re-use factor is 2, as shown in FIG. 2D , which is a schematic diagram of the frequency re-use factor being 2 in the NTN scene.
但是,在NTN系统中,当一个网络设备(例如卫星)通过多波束为多个地面上的覆盖小区(foot print)进行服务,且该多个foot print对应相同的小区ID时,不同的foot print可能会对应系统带宽中不同的频段。在本申请实施例中,终端设备如何基于SSB进行小区的初始接入或下行数据接收的速率匹配,是本申请主要讨论的问题。However, in the NTN system, when a network device (such as a satellite) serves multiple coverage cells (footprints) on the ground through multiple beams, and the multiple footprints correspond to the same cell ID, different footprints May correspond to different frequency bands in the system bandwidth. In the embodiment of the present application, how the terminal device performs initial access to the cell or rate matching of downlink data reception based on the SSB is the main issue discussed in the present application.
示例性的,图3A为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的架构示意图。如图3A所示,通信系统100可以包括网络设备110,网络设备110可以是与终端设备120(或称为通信终端、终端)通信的设备。网络设备110可以为特定的地理区域提供通信覆盖,并且可以与位于该覆盖区域内的终端设备进行通信。Exemplarily, FIG. 3A is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 3A , the communication system 100 may include a network device 110, and the network device 110 may be a device that communicates with a terminal device 120 (or referred to as a communication terminal, a terminal). The network device 110 may provide communication coverage for a particular geographic area, and may communicate with terminal devices located within the coverage area.
图3A示例性地示出了一个网络设备和两个终端设备,可选地,该通信系统100可以包括多个网络设备并且每个网络设备的覆盖范围内可以包括其它数量的终端设备,本申请实施例对此不做限定。FIG. 3A exemplarily shows one network device and two terminal devices. Optionally, the communication system 100 may include multiple network devices and the coverage of each network device may include other numbers of terminal devices. The present application The embodiment does not limit this.
示例性的,图3B为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信系统的架构示意图。请参见图3B,包括终端设备1101和卫星1102,终端设备1101和卫星1102之间可以进行无线通信。终端设备1101和卫星1102之间所形成的网络还可以称为NTN。在图3B所示的通信系统的架构中,卫星1102可以具有基站的功能,终端设备1101和卫星1102之间可以直接通信。在系统架构下,可以将卫星1102称为网络设备。可选地,通信系统中可以包括多个网络设备1102,并且每个网络设备1102的覆盖范围内可以包括其它数量的终端设备,本申请实施例对此不做限定。Exemplarily, FIG. 3B is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. Referring to FIG. 3B , a terminal device 1101 and a satellite 1102 are included, and wireless communication can be performed between the terminal device 1101 and the satellite 1102 . The network formed between the terminal device 1101 and the satellite 1102 may also be referred to as NTN. In the architecture of the communication system shown in FIG. 3B , the satellite 1102 can function as a base station, and the terminal device 1101 and the satellite 1102 can communicate directly. Under the system architecture, satellite 1102 may be referred to as a network device. Optionally, the communication system may include multiple network devices 1102, and the coverage of each network device 1102 may include other numbers of terminal devices, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
示例性的,图3C为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信系统的架构示意图。请参见图3C,包括终端设备1201、卫星1202和基站1203,终端设备1201和卫星1202之间可以进行无线通信,卫星1202与基站1203之间可以通信。终端设备1201、卫星1202和基站1203之间所形成的网络还可以称为NTN。在 图3C所示的通信系统的架构中,卫星1202可以不具有基站的功能,终端设备1201和基站1203之间的通信需要通过卫星1202的中转。在该种系统架构下,可以将基站1203称为网络设备。可选地,通信系统中可以包括多个网络设备1203,并且每个网络设备1203的覆盖范围内可以包括其它数量的终端设备,本申请实施例对此不做限定。Exemplarily, FIG. 3C is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. Referring to FIG. 3C , it includes a terminal device 1201 , a satellite 1202 and a base station 1203 , the terminal device 1201 and the satellite 1202 can communicate wirelessly, and the satellite 1202 and the base station 1203 can communicate. The network formed between the terminal device 1201, the satellite 1202 and the base station 1203 may also be referred to as NTN. In the architecture of the communication system shown in FIG. 3C , the satellite 1202 may not have the function of the base station, and the communication between the terminal device 1201 and the base station 1203 needs to be relayed through the satellite 1202 . Under such a system architecture, the base station 1203 may be referred to as a network device. Optionally, the communication system may include multiple network devices 1203, and the coverage of each network device 1203 may include other numbers of terminal devices, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
需要说明的是,图3A-图3C只是以示例的形式示意本申请所适用的系统,当然,本申请实施例所示的方法还可以适用于其它系统,例如,5G通信系统、LTE通信系统等,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be noted that FIG. 3A-FIG. 3C only illustrate the system to which the present application is applied in the form of examples. Of course, the methods shown in the embodiments of the present application may also be applied to other systems, for example, a 5G communication system, an LTE communication system, etc. , which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
可选地,图3A-图3C所示的无线通信系统还可以包括移动性管理实体(Mobility Management Entity,MME)、接入与移动性管理功能(Access and Mobility Management Function,AMF)等其他网络实体,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Optionally, the wireless communication system shown in FIG. 3A-FIG. 3C may also include other network entities such as a mobility management entity (Mobility Management Entity, MME), an access and mobility management function (Access and Mobility Management Function, AMF). , which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例结合网络设备和终端设备描述了各个实施例,其中,终端设备也可以称为用户设备(User Equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置等。The embodiments of the present application describe various embodiments in conjunction with network equipment and terminal equipment, where the terminal equipment may also be referred to as user equipment (User Equipment, UE), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
终端设备可以是WLAN中的站点(STAION,ST),可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(Session Initiation Protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)设备、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、下一代通信系统例如NR网络中的终端设备,或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN)网络中的终端设备等。The terminal device can be a station (STAION, ST) in the WLAN, can be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, a Wireless Local Loop (WLL) station, a personal digital processing (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA) devices, handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, next-generation communication systems such as end devices in NR networks, or future Terminal equipment in the evolved public land mobile network (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN) network, etc.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持、穿戴或车载;也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等);还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable, or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as airplanes, balloons, and satellites) superior).
在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以是手机(Mobile Phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(Virtual Reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(Augmented Reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端设备、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端设备、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端设备、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端设备、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端设备、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端设备或智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端设备等。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may be a mobile phone (Mobile Phone), a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) terminal device, and an augmented reality (Augmented Reality, AR) terminal Equipment, wireless terminal equipment in industrial control, wireless terminal equipment in self driving, wireless terminal equipment in remote medical, wireless terminal equipment in smart grid , wireless terminal equipment in transportation safety, wireless terminal equipment in smart city or wireless terminal equipment in smart home, etc.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。As an example and not a limitation, in this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices, which are the general term for the intelligent design of daily wear and the development of wearable devices using wearable technology, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. In a broad sense, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-scale, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which needs to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
其中,网络设备又可以包括接入网设备和核心网设备。即无线通信系统还包括用于与接入网设备进行通信的多个核心网。接入网设备可以是长期演进(long-term evolution,LTE)系统、下一代(移动通信系统)(next radio,NR)系统或者授权辅助接入长期演进(authorized auxiliary access long-term evolution,LAA-LTE)系统中的演进型基站(evolutional node B,简称可以为eNB或e-NodeB)宏基站、微基站(也称为“小基站”)、微微基站、接入站点(access point,AP)、传输站点(transmission point,TP)或新一代基站(new generation Node B,gNodeB)等。Wherein, the network equipment may further include access network equipment and core network equipment. That is, the wireless communication system further includes a plurality of core networks for communicating with the access network equipment. The access network equipment may be a long-term evolution (long-term evolution, LTE) system, a next-generation (mobile communication system) (next radio, NR) system, or an authorized auxiliary access long-term evolution (authorized auxiliary access long-term evolution, LAA- The evolved base station (evolutional node B, may be referred to as eNB or e-NodeB for short) in the LTE) system is a macro base station, a micro base station (also called a "small base station"), a pico base station, an access point (AP), Transmission site (transmission point, TP) or new generation base station (new generation Node B, gNodeB), etc.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以是用于与移动设备通信的设备,网络设备可以是WLAN中的接入点(Access Point,AP),GSM或CDMA中的基站(Base Transceiver Station,BTS),也可以是WCDMA中的基站(NodeB,NB),还可以是LTE中的演进型基站(Evolutional Node B,eNB或eNodeB),或者中继站或接入点,或者车载设备、可穿戴设备以及NR网络中的网络设备(gNB)或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备或者NTN网络中的网络设备等。In this embodiment of the present application, the network device may be a device for communicating with a mobile device, and the network device may be an access point (Access Point, AP) in WLAN, or a base station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in GSM or CDMA , it can also be a base station (NodeB, NB) in WCDMA, it can also be an evolved base station (Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in LTE, or a relay station or access point, or in-vehicle equipment, wearable devices and NR networks The network equipment (gNB) in the PLMN network in the future evolution or the network equipment in the NTN network, etc.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以具有移动特性,例如网络设备可以为移动的设备。可选地,网络设备可以为卫星、气球站。例如,卫星可以为低地球轨道(low earth orbit,LEO)卫星、中地球轨道(medium earth orbit,MEO)卫星、地球同步轨道(geostationary earth orbit,GEO)卫星、高椭圆轨道(High Elliptical Orbit,HEO)卫星等。可选地,网络设备还可以为设置在陆地、水域等位置的基站。As an example and not a limitation, in this embodiment of the present application, the network device may have a mobile feature, for example, the network device may be a mobile device. Optionally, the network device may be a satellite or a balloon station. For example, the satellite may be a low earth orbit (LEO) satellite, a medium earth orbit (MEO) satellite, a geostationary earth orbit (GEO) satellite, a High Elliptical Orbit (HEO) satellite ) satellite, etc. Optionally, the network device may also be a base station set in a location such as land or water.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以为小区提供服务,终端设备通过该小区使用的传输资源(例如,频域资源,或者说,频谱资源)与网络设备进行通信,该小区可以是网络设备(例如基站)对应的小区, 小区可以属于宏基站,也可以属于小小区(Small cell)对应的基站,这里的小小区可以包括:城市小区(Metro cell)、微小区(Micro cell)、微微小区(Pico cell)、毫微微小区(Femto cell)等,这些小小区具有覆盖范围小、发射功率低的特点,适用于提供高速率的数据传输服务。In this embodiment of the present application, a network device may provide services for a cell, and a terminal device communicates with the network device through transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) used by the cell, and the cell may be a network device ( For example, a cell corresponding to a base station), the cell may belong to a macro base station, or it may belong to a base station corresponding to a small cell (Small cell). Pico cell), Femto cell (Femto cell), etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services.
应理解,本申请实施例中网络/系统中具有通信功能的设备可称为通信设备。以图3A-图3B示出的通信系统为例,通信设备可包括具有通信功能的网络设备和终端设备,网络设备和终端设备可以为本发明实施例中所述的具体设备,此处不再赘述;通信设备还可包括通信系统中的其他设备,例如网络控制器、移动管理实体等其他网络实体,本申请实施例中对此不做限定。It should be understood that, in the embodiments of the present application, a device having a communication function in the network/system may be referred to as a communication device. Taking the communication system shown in FIG. 3A-FIG. 3B as an example, the communication device may include a network device and a terminal device with a communication function, and the network device and the terminal device may be the specific devices described in the embodiments of the present invention, which are not repeated here. To repeat; the communication device may further include other devices in the communication system, for example, other network entities such as a network controller and a mobility management entity, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(General Packet Radio Service,GPRS)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统、先进的长期演进(Advanced long term evolution,LTE-A)系统、新无线(New Radio,NR)系统、NR系统的演进系统、非授权频谱上的LTE(LTE-based access to unlicensed spectrum,LTE-U)系统、非授权频谱上的NR(NR-based access to unlicensed spectrum,NR-U)系统、非地面通信网络(Non-Terrestrial Networks,NTN)系统、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,UMTS)、无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Networks,WLAN)、无线保真(Wireless Fidelity,WiFi)、第五代通信(5th-Generation,5G)系统或其他通信系统等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, for example: a Global System of Mobile communication (GSM) system, a Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) system, a wideband Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) system (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, WCDMA) system, General Packet Radio Service (General Packet Radio Service, GPRS), Long Term Evolution (Long Term Evolution, LTE) system, Advanced Long Term Evolution (Advanced long term evolution, LTE-A) system , New Radio (NR) system, evolution system of NR system, LTE (LTE-based access to unlicensed spectrum, LTE-U) system on unlicensed spectrum, NR (NR-based access to unlicensed spectrum) unlicensed spectrum, NR-U) system, Non-Terrestrial Networks (NTN) system, Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS), Wireless Local Area Networks (WLAN), Wireless Fidelity (Wireless Fidelity, WiFi), fifth-generation communication (5th-Generation, 5G) system or other communication systems, etc.
通常来说,传统的通信系统支持的连接数有限,也易于实现,然而,随着通信技术的发展,移动通信系统将不仅支持传统的通信,还将支持例如,设备到设备(Device to Device,D2D)通信,机器到机器(Machine to Machine,M2M)通信,机器类型通信(Machine Type Communication,MTC),车辆间(Vehicle to Vehicle,V2V)通信,或车联网(Vehicle to everything,V2X)通信等,本申请实施例也可以应用于这些通信系统。Generally speaking, traditional communication systems support a limited number of connections and are easy to implement. However, with the development of communication technology, mobile communication systems will not only support traditional communication, but also support, for example, Device to Device (Device to Device, D2D) communication, Machine to Machine (M2M) communication, Machine Type Communication (MTC), Vehicle to Vehicle (V2V) communication, or Vehicle to everything (V2X) communication, etc. , the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to these communication systems.
本申请实施例中的通信系统可以应用于载波聚合(Carrier Aggregation,CA)场景,也可以应用于双连接(Dual Connectivity,DC)场景,还可以应用于独立(Standalone,SA)布网场景。The communication system in the embodiment of the present application can be applied to a carrier aggregation (Carrier Aggregation, CA) scenario, also can be applied to a dual connectivity (Dual Connectivity, DC) scenario, and can also be applied to a standalone (Standalone, SA) network deployment scenario.
可选地,本申请实施例中的通信系统可以应用于非授权频谱,其中,非授权频谱也可以认为是共享频谱;或者,本申请实施例中的通信系统也可以应用于授权频谱,其中,授权频谱也可以认为是非共享频谱。Optionally, the communication system in the embodiment of the present application may be applied to an unlicensed spectrum, where the unlicensed spectrum may also be considered as a shared spectrum; or, the communication system in the embodiment of the present application may also be applied to a licensed spectrum, where, Licensed spectrum can also be considered unshared spectrum.
可选地,本申请实施例可应用于非地面通信网络(Non-Terrestrial Networks,NTN)系统,也可应用于地面通信网络(Terrestrial Networks,TN)系统。Optionally, the embodiments of the present application may be applied to a non-terrestrial communication network (Non-Terrestrial Networks, NTN) system, and may also be applied to a terrestrial communication network (Terrestrial Networks, TN) system.
应理解,本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常可被互换使用。本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should be understood that the terms "system" and "network" are often used interchangeably herein. The term "and/or" in this article is only an association relationship to describe the associated objects, indicating that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, it can mean that A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and A and B exist independently B these three cases. In addition, the character "/" in this document generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship.
应理解,在本申请的实施例中提到的“指示”可以是直接指示,也可以是间接指示,还可以是表示具有关联关系。举例说明,A指示B,可以表示A直接指示B,例如B可以通过A获取;也可以表示A间接指示B,例如A指示C,B可以通过C获取;还可以表示A和B之间具有关联关系。It should be understood that the "instruction" mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a direct instruction, an indirect instruction, or an associated relationship. For example, if A indicates B, it can indicate that A directly indicates B, for example, B can be obtained through A; it can also indicate that A indicates B indirectly, such as A indicates C, and B can be obtained through C; it can also indicate that there is an association between A and B relation.
在本申请实施例的描述中,术语“对应”可表示两者之间具有直接对应或间接对应的关系,也可以表示两者之间具有关联关系,也可以是指示与被指示、配置与被配置等关系。In the description of the embodiments of the present application, the term "corresponding" may indicate that there is a direct or indirect corresponding relationship between the two, or may indicate that there is an associated relationship between the two, or indicate and be instructed, configure and be instructed configuration, etc.
可选地,在本申请实施例中的指示信息包括物理层信令例如下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI)、无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)信令和媒体接入控制单元(Media Access Control Control Element,MAC CE)中的至少一种。Optionally, the indication information in this embodiment of the present application includes physical layer signaling such as downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI), radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) signaling, and a media access control unit (Media Access Control Unit). At least one of Access Control Control Element, MAC CE).
可选地,在本申请实施例中的高层参数或高层信令包括无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)信令和媒体接入控制单元(Media Access Control Control Element,MAC CE)中的至少一种。Optionally, the high-level parameters or high-level signaling in the embodiments of the present application include at least one of radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) signaling and media access control element (Media Access Control Control Element, MAC CE). kind.
下面以实施例的方式,对本发明技术方案做进一步的说明,本申请实施例包括以下内容中的部分或全部:The technical solutions of the present invention will be further described below by way of examples. The examples of the present application include part or all of the following contents:
在本申请中,多个覆盖小区(foot print,FP)对应的小区标识(cell ID)相同,以上述内容中的情况2、一个覆盖小区(foot print)对应一个波束以及SSB传输图案为Case A为例进行说明,对于情况1、或情况3、或一个foot print对应多个波束,或其他SSB传输图案的场景,可以通过本申请中的方法类似得到,下面不再一一赘述。In this application, the cell IDs (cell IDs) corresponding to multiple coverage cells (footprints, FPs) are the same. In case 2 in the above content, one coverage cell (footprint) corresponds to one beam and the SSB transmission pattern is Case A As an example to illustrate, for scenario 1, or scenario 3, or a scenario in which one footprint corresponds to multiple beams, or other SSB transmission patterns, it can be obtained similarly by the method in this application, and will not be described in detail below.
以图2C对应的情况2中的每一段频率资源对应一个带宽部分(Band Width Part,BWP)为例进行 布网,则一个foot print对应一个BWP,NTN网络中不同的BWP上可以对应不同的SSB索引。如图4A所示,为本发明实施例中基于波束的NTN布网场景的示例图。在图4A所示中,B表示波束,或者说SSB的索引,例如,B0指的是SSB0,B1指的是SSB1,其他类似。FP表示六边形所示的地面上的覆盖小区,例如,FP0表示该覆盖小区的ID是0,FP1表示该覆盖小区的ID是1,等等。BWP0表示该覆盖小区对应的BWP的ID是0,BWP1表示该覆盖小区对应的BWP的ID是1,等等。Taking the case 2 corresponding to Fig. 2C, where each frequency resource corresponds to a bandwidth part (Band Width Part, BWP) as an example to deploy the network, then one footprint corresponds to one BWP, and different BWPs in the NTN network can correspond to different SSBs index. As shown in FIG. 4A , it is an example diagram of a beam-based NTN network deployment scenario in an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 4A, B represents a beam, or an index of an SSB, for example, B0 refers to SSB0, B1 refers to SSB1, and others are similar. FP represents the coverage cell on the ground shown by the hexagon, for example, FP0 represents that the ID of the coverage cell is 0, FP1 represents that the ID of the coverage cell is 1, and so on. BWP0 indicates that the ID of the BWP corresponding to the coverage cell is 0, BWP1 indicates that the ID of the BWP corresponding to the coverage cell is 1, and so on.
图4B-图4E为本发明实施例中网络设备进行SSB传输的几种方式的示例图。应理解,该SSB传输方式仅为示例,本申请实施例也可应用于其他的SSB传输的场景中,本申请对此并不限定。在这几种示例中,假设网络设备需要发送的SSB的个数为8个,即一组SSB传输包括8个SSB,其中,不同的BWP对应的不同的波束,用于传输不同或相同的SSB索引,BWP标识与SSB索引可以是一对多的关系,如图4A所示,BWP0中对应的波束为SSB0和SSB7,BWP1中对应的波束为SSB1、SSB3和SSB5,BWP2中对应的波束为SSB2、SSB4和SSB6。FIG. 4B to FIG. 4E are exemplary diagrams of several manners in which a network device performs SSB transmission in an embodiment of the present invention. It should be understood that this SSB transmission manner is only an example, and the embodiments of the present application may also be applied to other SSB transmission scenarios, which are not limited in the present application. In these examples, it is assumed that the number of SSBs that the network device needs to send is 8, that is, a group of SSB transmissions includes 8 SSBs, wherein different beams corresponding to different BWPs are used to transmit different or the same SSBs index, the BWP identifier and the SSB index can be in a one-to-many relationship. As shown in Figure 4A, the corresponding beams in BWP0 are SSB0 and SSB7, the corresponding beams in BWP1 are SSB1, SSB3 and SSB5, and the corresponding beam in BWP2 is SSB2 , SSB4 and SSB6.
下面对网络设备进行SSB传输的几种方式分别进行说明,如下所示:The following describes several ways for network devices to perform SSB transmission, as follows:
方式1:参考图4B,SSB传输方法和Rel-15不同,根据SSB索引和BWP标识的关联关系,cell-defining的SSB发送在各自对应的BWP上。即SSB0和SSB7通过BWP0发送,SSB1、SSB3和SSB5通过BWP1发送,SSB2、SSB4和SSB6通过BWP2发送。Mode 1: Referring to FIG. 4B , the SSB transmission method is different from that of Rel-15. According to the relationship between the SSB index and the BWP identifier, the SSB of the cell-defining is sent on the corresponding BWP. That is, SSB0 and SSB7 are sent through BWP0, SSB1, SSB3 and SSB5 are sent through BWP1, and SSB2, SSB4 and SSB6 are sent through BWP2.
可选地,在该情况下,BWP0,BWP1和BWP2都可以认为是初始BWP。或者说,从网络设备的角度,小区中可以包括多个初始BWP。Optionally, in this case, BWP0, BWP1 and BWP2 can all be considered as initial BWPs. In other words, from the perspective of a network device, a cell may include multiple initial BWPs.
可选地,在该情况下,从终端设备的角度,可以认为只有一个初始BWP。Optionally, in this case, from the perspective of the terminal device, it can be considered that there is only one initial BWP.
可选地,在该情况下,为了指示方便,从终端设备的角度,也可以认为有多个初始BWP。Optionally, in this case, for convenience of indication, from the perspective of a terminal device, it may also be considered that there are multiple initial BWPs.
可选地,由于初始BWP的ID通常为0,在该情况下,也可以认为图4B中的三个BWP对应的ID都是BWP0,或者该三个BWP分别为BWP0中的第一个BWP,BWP0中的第二个BWP和BWP0中的第三个BWP。Optionally, since the ID of the initial BWP is usually 0, in this case, it can also be considered that the IDs corresponding to the three BWPs in FIG. 4B are all BWP0, or the three BWPs are respectively the first BWP in the BWP0, The second BWP in BWP0 and the third BWP in BWP0.
方式2:参考图4C,SSB传输方法和Rel-15不同,假设BWP0为小区中的初始BWP,则该组SSB通过BWP0传输,且该组SSB为cell-defining的SSB。另外,BWP1和BWP2上也有该组SSB中的部分SSB传输,该BWP1或BWP2与其BWP0上传输的该组SSB中的部分SSB具有关联关系。即SSB1、SSB3和SSB5也通过BWP1发送,SSB2、SSB4和SSB6也通过BWP2发送。其中,BWP1和BWP2上传输的SSB是non cell-defining的SSB。Manner 2: Referring to FIG. 4C , the SSB transmission method is different from that of Rel-15. Assuming that BWP0 is the initial BWP in the cell, the group of SSBs is transmitted through BWP0, and the group of SSBs are cell-defining SSBs. In addition, some SSBs in the group of SSBs are also transmitted on BWP1 and BWP2, and the BWP1 or BWP2 has an associated relationship with some of the SSBs in the group of SSBs transmitted on BWP0. That is, SSB1, SSB3, and SSB5 are also sent through BWP1, and SSB2, SSB4, and SSB6 are also sent through BWP2. Among them, the SSBs transmitted on BWP1 and BWP2 are non-cell-defining SSBs.
可选地,BWP1和BWP2上传输的SSB也需要发送在同步栅格上。Optionally, the SSB transmitted on BWP1 and BWP2 also needs to be sent on the synchronization grid.
方式3:参考图4D,SSB传输方法和Rel-15类似,假设BWP0为小区中的初始BWP,则该组SSB通过BWP0传输,且该组SSB为cell-defining的SSB。另外,BWP1和BWP2上也有该组SSB传输,且BWP1和BWP2上传输的SSB是non cell-defining的SSB。Mode 3: Referring to FIG. 4D , the SSB transmission method is similar to that of Rel-15, assuming that BWP0 is the initial BWP in the cell, the group of SSBs is transmitted through BWP0, and the group of SSBs are cell-defining SSBs. In addition, this group of SSBs is also transmitted on BWP1 and BWP2, and the SSBs transmitted on BWP1 and BWP2 are non-cell-defining SSBs.
可选地,BWP1和BWP2上传输的SSB也需要发送在同步栅格上。Optionally, the SSB transmitted on BWP1 and BWP2 also needs to be sent on the synchronization grid.
方式4:参考图4E,SSB传输方法和Rel-15相同,假设BWP0为小区中的初始BWP,则该组SSB通过BWP0传输,且该组SSB为cell-defining的SSB。BWP1和/或BWP2上可以没有SSB传输。Manner 4: Referring to FIG. 4E , the SSB transmission method is the same as that of Rel-15, assuming that BWP0 is the initial BWP in the cell, the group of SSBs is transmitted through BWP0, and the group of SSBs are cell-defining SSBs. There may be no SSB transmission on BWP1 and/or BWP2.
如图5所示,为本申请实施例中同步信号块SSB的传输方法的一个实施例示意图,可以包括:As shown in FIG. 5, it is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of the transmission method of the synchronization signal block SSB in the embodiment of the present application, which may include:
501、网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示同步信号块SSB的频域位置,和/或,所述SSB对应的覆盖小区。终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息。501. The network device sends first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain location of the synchronization signal block SSB, and/or the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB. The terminal device receives the first indication information sent by the network device.
502、所述终端设备根据所述第一指示信息确定所述SSB的频域位置,和/或,所述SSB对应的覆盖小区。可以理解的是,步骤502为可选的步骤。502. The terminal device determines, according to the first indication information, a frequency domain location of the SSB, and/or a coverage cell corresponding to the SSB. It can be understood that step 502 is an optional step.
可选的,所述第一指示信息包括同步信号块SSB的频域位置的指示信息,和/或,所述SSB对应的覆盖小区的指示信息。相应地,终端设备根据SSB的频域位置的指示信息确定SSB的频域位置,和/或,根据SSB对应的覆盖小区的指示信息确定SSB的覆盖小区。Optionally, the first indication information includes indication information of a frequency domain location of the synchronization signal block SSB, and/or indication information of a coverage cell corresponding to the SSB. Correspondingly, the terminal device determines the frequency domain position of the SSB according to the indication information of the frequency domain position of the SSB, and/or determines the coverage cell of the SSB according to the indication information of the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB.
可选的,该第一指示信息包括至少一个SSB的频域位置的指示信息,和/或,所述至少一个SSB对应的覆盖小区的指示信息。相应地,终端设备根据至少一个SSB的频域位置的指示信息,确定至少一个SSB的频域位置,和/或,根据至少一个SSB对应的覆盖小区的指示信息,确定至少一个SSB对应的覆盖小区。Optionally, the first indication information includes indication information of a frequency domain location of at least one SSB, and/or indication information of a coverage cell corresponding to the at least one SSB. Correspondingly, the terminal device determines the frequency domain position of the at least one SSB according to the indication information of the frequency domain position of the at least one SSB, and/or, according to the indication information of the coverage cell corresponding to the at least one SSB, determines the coverage cell corresponding to the at least one SSB .
可选的,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述SSB的至少两个频域位置。Optionally, the first indication information is used to indicate at least two frequency domain positions of the SSB.
可选的,SSB的频域位置的指示信息包括:所述SSB的至少两个频域位置的指示信息。相应地,终端设备根据所述SSB的至少两个频域位置的指示信息,确定SSB的至少两个频域位置。Optionally, the indication information of the frequency domain position of the SSB includes: indication information of at least two frequency domain positions of the SSB. Correspondingly, the terminal device determines at least two frequency domain positions of the SSB according to the indication information of the at least two frequency domain positions of the SSB.
可选的,所述SSB的频域位置,或,所述SSB的频域位置的指示信息,可以包括以下至少一种:Optionally, the frequency domain position of the SSB, or the indication information of the frequency domain position of the SSB, may include at least one of the following:
所述SSB传输的同步栅格的编号,来指示所述SSB传输的同步栅格;the number of the synchronization grid transmitted by the SSB to indicate the synchronization grid transmitted by the SSB;
所述SSB传输的BWP的标识ID,来指示所述SSB传输的带宽部分BWP;The identification ID of the BWP transmitted by the SSB to indicate the bandwidth part BWP transmitted by the SSB;
所述SSB在所述SSB传输的BWP中的频域位置,可以理解为所述SSB传输的不同BWP中的具体频域位置;The frequency domain position of the SSB in the BWP transmitted by the SSB may be understood as the specific frequency domain position in different BWPs transmitted by the SSB;
所述SSB传输的资源块(Resource Block,RB)集合的标识ID,来指示所述SSB传输的资源块RB集合;The identifier ID of the resource block (Resource Block, RB) set of the SSB transmission, to indicate the resource block RB set of the SSB transmission;
以及,所述SSB在所述SSB传输的RB集合中的频域位置,可以理解为所述SSB传输的不同RB集合中的具体频域位置。And, the frequency domain position of the SSB in the RB set transmitted by the SSB may be understood as a specific frequency domain position in different RB sets transmitted by the SSB.
可选的,RB也可以包括PRB。Optionally, the RB may also include a PRB.
可选的,所述SSB在所述SSB传输的BWP中的频域位置,可以包括以下至少一种:Optionally, the frequency domain position of the SSB in the BWP transmitted by the SSB may include at least one of the following:
所述SSB传输的第一个RB在所述BWP中的RB编号;例如,SSB1通过BWP1发送,BWP1中包括50个PRB,编号为0到49,SSB1包括20个PRB,假设SSB1传输的第一个PRB的编号为10,则SSB1在BWP1中占用的PRB为PRB10到PRB29。The RB number of the first RB transmitted by the SSB in the BWP; for example, SSB1 is sent through BWP1, BWP1 includes 50 PRBs numbered 0 to 49, and SSB1 includes 20 PRBs, assuming that the first RB transmitted by SSB1 The number of the PRBs is 10, and the PRBs occupied by the SSB1 in the BWP1 are PRB10 to PRB29.
所述SSB传输的第一个RB与所述BWP中的第一个RB之间的频域偏移(如RB个数偏移);例如,SSB1通过BWP1发送,BWP1中包括50个PRB,编号为0到49,SSB1包括20个PRB,假设SSB1传输的第一个PRB与BWP1中的第一个RB之间的频域偏移为5个PRB,则SSB1传输的第一个PRB的编号为5,则SSB1在BWP1中占用的PRB为PRB5到PRB24。The frequency domain offset between the first RB transmitted by the SSB and the first RB in the BWP (eg, the number of RBs offset); for example, SSB1 is sent through BWP1, and BWP1 includes 50 PRBs, numbered 0 to 49, SSB1 includes 20 PRBs, assuming that the frequency domain offset between the first PRB transmitted by SSB1 and the first RB in BWP1 is 5 PRBs, then the number of the first PRB transmitted by SSB1 is 5. The PRBs occupied by SSB1 in BWP1 are PRB5 to PRB24.
所述SSB传输的同步栅格在所述BWP包括的同步栅格中的位置;例如,BWP中包括3个同步栅格,这里的位置可以指SSB传输的同步栅格为该3个同步栅格中的第几个同步栅格;The position of the synchronization grid transmitted by the SSB in the synchronization grid included in the BWP; for example, the BWP includes 3 synchronization grids, and the position here may refer to the synchronization grid transmitted by the SSB as the three synchronization grids The number of synchronization grids in ;
所述SSB传输的同步栅格在所述BWP包括的同步栅格中的同步栅格编号;例如,这里的同步栅格编号可以理解为绝对编号。The synchronization grid number of the synchronization grid transmitted by the SSB in the synchronization grid included in the BWP; for example, the synchronization grid number here can be understood as an absolute number.
可选的,所述SSB对应的覆盖小区,或,所述SSB对应的覆盖小区的指示信息,可以包括以下至少一种:Optionally, the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB, or the indication information of the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB, may include at least one of the following:
所述SSB对应的覆盖小区的ID;the ID of the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB;
所述SSB对应的覆盖小区与BWP的关联关系;以及,The association relationship between the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB and the BWP; and,
所述SSB对应的覆盖小区的ID与所述BWP的ID的关联关系。The association relationship between the ID of the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB and the ID of the BWP.
可选的,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下至少一种:Optionally, the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB传输的同步栅格的关联关系。例如,第一指示信息用于指示第一同步栅格上的第一SSB传输机会中传输的(或未传输的)SSB。The association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the synchronization grid transmitted by the at least one SSB. For example, the first indication information is used to indicate the SSB transmitted (or not transmitted) in the first SSB transmission opportunity on the first synchronization grid.
所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB传输的BWP的索引的关联关系。例如,一个BWP中可以包括一个SSB传输机会,BWP索引和该BWP上的SSB传输机会中的SSB索引具有关联关系,或者,第一指示信息用于指示第一BWP上的第一SSB传输机会中传输的(或未传输的)SSB。The association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the index of the BWP transmitted by the at least one SSB. For example, a BWP may include one SSB transmission opportunity, the BWP index has an associated relationship with the SSB index in the SSB transmission opportunity on the BWP, or the first indication information is used to indicate the first SSB transmission opportunity on the first BWP. Transmitted (or untransmitted) SSB.
所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB在所述至少一个SSB传输的BWP中的频域位置的关联关系。例如,传输cell-defining SSB的BWP均为BWP 0,则BWP0传输的多个SSB传输机会根据频域位置从小到大进行排序,并通知SSB索引和BWP 0中的SSB传输机会索引的关联关系,或者,第一指示信息用于指示第一BWP上第一SSB传输机会索引对应的第一SSB传输机会中传输的(或未传输的)SSB。The association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the frequency domain position of the at least one SSB in the BWP transmitted by the at least one SSB. For example, if the BWPs that transmit cell-defining SSBs are all BWP 0, then the multiple SSB transmission opportunities transmitted by BWP0 are sorted according to the frequency domain position from small to large, and the association between the SSB index and the SSB transmission opportunity index in BWP 0 is notified, Or, the first indication information is used to indicate the SSB transmitted (or not transmitted) in the first SSB transmission opportunity corresponding to the first SSB transmission opportunity index on the first BWP.
所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB对应的SSB类型的关联关系,其中,所述SSB类型包括定义小区的SSB和不定义小区的SSB。An association relationship between an index of at least one SSB in the SSB and an SSB type corresponding to the at least one SSB, wherein the SSB type includes an SSB that defines a cell and an SSB that does not define a cell.
所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB传输的RB集合的索引的关联关系。例如,一个RB集合中可以包括一个SSB传输机会,RB集合索引和该RB集合上的SSB传输机会中的SSB索引具有关联关系,或者,第一指示信息用于指示第一RB集合上的第一SSB传输机会中传输的(或未传输的)SSB。The association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the index of the RB set transmitted by the at least one SSB. For example, one RB set may include one SSB transmission opportunity, and the RB set index has an associated relationship with the SSB index in the SSB transmission opportunity on the RB set, or the first indication information is used to indicate the first RB set on the first RB set. SSB transmitted (or not transmitted) in the SSB transmission opportunity.
所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB在所述至少一个SSB传输的中的频域位置的关联关系。例如,传输cell-defining SSB的RB集合均为RB集合0,则RB集合0传输的多个SSB传输机会根据频域位置从小到大进行排序,并通知SSB索引和RB集合0中的SSB传输机会索引的关联关系,或者,第一指示信息用于指示第一RB集合上第一SSB传输机会索引对应的第一SSB传输机会中传输的(或未传输的)SSB。The relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the frequency domain position of the at least one SSB in the transmission of the at least one SSB. For example, if the RB sets for transmitting cell-defining SSBs are all RB set 0, the multiple SSB transmission opportunities transmitted by RB set 0 are sorted according to the frequency domain position from small to large, and the SSB index and the SSB transmission opportunities in RB set 0 are notified. The association relationship of the indexes, or the first indication information is used to indicate the SSB transmitted (or not transmitted) in the first SSB transmission opportunity corresponding to the index of the first SSB transmission opportunity on the first RB set.
所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB对应的至少一个覆盖小区的ID的关联关系。The association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the ID of at least one coverage cell corresponding to the at least one SSB.
至少一个覆盖小区的ID与至少一个BWP的ID的关联关系,其中,所述至少一个覆盖小区与所述至少一个BWP对应相同的SSB。The association relationship between the ID of at least one coverage cell and the ID of at least one BWP, wherein the at least one coverage cell corresponds to the same SSB as the at least one BWP.
以及,以下至少两者之间的关联关系:至少一个覆盖小区的ID、至少一个BWP的ID、至少一个SSB索引。And, an association relationship between at least two of the following: an ID of at least one coverage cell, an ID of at least one BWP, and at least one SSB index.
作为示例,覆盖小区ID与BWP ID的关联关系包括:q=p mod N,其中,p表示覆盖小区ID,q表示BWP ID,N表示BWP的个数。例如,假设小区中的频段可以分为3个BWP,则覆盖小区ID p为0~9的覆盖小区对应的BWP ID q分别为:0、1、2、0、1、2、0、1、2、0。As an example, the association relationship between the coverage cell ID and the BWP ID includes: q=p mod N, where p represents the coverage cell ID, q represents the BWP ID, and N represents the number of BWPs. For example, assuming that the frequency band in a cell can be divided into 3 BWPs, the BWP IDs q corresponding to the coverage cells whose coverage cell ID p is 0 to 9 are: 0, 1, 2, 0, 1, 2, 0, 1, 2. 0.
作为示例,覆盖小区ID与SSB索引的关联关系包括:s=p mod N,其中,p表示覆盖小区ID,s表示SSB索引,M表示发送的SSB的个数。例如,假设小区中的SSB传输机会中发送的SSB的个数为6个SSB,则覆盖小区ID p为0~9的覆盖小区对应的SSB索引分别为:0、1、2、3、4、5、0、1、2、3。As an example, the association between the coverage cell ID and the SSB index includes: s=p mod N, where p represents the coverage cell ID, s represents the SSB index, and M represents the number of SSBs sent. For example, assuming that the number of SSBs sent in the SSB transmission opportunity in the cell is 6 SSBs, the SSB indices corresponding to the coverage cells whose coverage cell ID p is 0 to 9 are: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 1, 2, 3.
作为示例,SSB索引与BWP ID的关联关系包括:q=s mod N,其中,s表示SSB索引,q表示BWP ID,N表示BWP的个数。例如,假设小区中的频段可以分为3个BWP,SSB传输机会中发送的SSB的个数为8个SSB,则SSB索引s为0~7,对应的BWP ID q分别为:0、1、2、0、1、2、0。As an example, the association relationship between the SSB index and the BWP ID includes: q=s mod N, where s represents the SSB index, q represents the BWP ID, and N represents the number of BWPs. For example, assuming that the frequency band in the cell can be divided into 3 BWPs, and the number of SSBs sent in the SSB transmission opportunity is 8 SSBs, the SSB index s is 0 to 7, and the corresponding BWP IDs q are: 0, 1, 2, 0, 1, 2, 0.
可选的,所述第一指示信息用于确定定义小区的SSB位于一个频域位置;或,所述第一指示信息用于确定所述定义小区的至少两个SSB位于不同的频域位置。Optionally, the first indication information is used to determine that the SSB of the defined cell is located in one frequency domain location; or, the first indication information is used to determine that at least two SSBs of the defined cell are located in different frequency domain locations.
可选的,所述SSB的频域位置的指示信息用于指示定义小区的SSB位于一个频域位置;或,所述SSB的频域位置的指示信息用于指示所述定义小区的至少两个SSB位于不同的频域位置。其中,可以理解的是,如果定义小区的SSB的数量为一个,那么,该SSB的频域位置的指示信息用于指示定义小区的一个SSB位于一个频域位置;如果定义小区的SSB的数量至少为两个,那么,该SSB的频域位置的指示信息用于指示定义小区的至少两个SSB位于相同的频域位置。或,如果定义小区的SSB的数量为至少两个,那么,该SSB的频域位置的指示信息用于指示定义小区的至少两个SSB位于不同的频域位置。Optionally, the indication information of the frequency domain position of the SSB is used to indicate that the SSB defining the cell is located in one frequency domain position; or, the indication information of the frequency domain position of the SSB is used to indicate that the defined cell is at least two of the cells. The SSBs are located at different frequency domain locations. It can be understood that if the number of SSBs defining a cell is one, then the indication information of the frequency domain position of the SSB is used to indicate that an SSB defining the cell is located at a frequency domain position; if the number of SSBs defining the cell is at least one If there are two, then, the indication information of the frequency domain position of the SSB is used to indicate that at least two SSBs defining the cell are located in the same frequency domain position. Or, if the number of SSBs defining the cell is at least two, the indication information of the frequency domain location of the SSB is used to indicate that the at least two SSBs defining the cell are located at different frequency domain locations.
可选的,所述网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息,可以包括:所述网络设备通过物理广播信道(Physical Broadcast Channel,PBCH)、系统消息(System Information)或高层参数向所述终端设备发送所述第一指示信息。Optionally, the network device sending the first indication information to the terminal device may include: the network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device through a physical broadcast channel (Physical Broadcast Channel, PBCH), a system message (System Information) or a high-level parameter. Send the first indication information.
可选的,所述系统消息包括以下至少一种:主消息块(Master Information Block,MIB)、系统消息块一(System Information Block,SIB1)、非SIB1的其他SIB。Optionally, the system message includes at least one of the following: a master message block (Master Information Block, MIB), a system message block (System Information Block, SIB1), and other SIBs other than SIB1.
可选的,非SIB1的其他SIB可以是SIB2-SIB14、posSIBs(Positioning SIB,定位SIB)中的一个或多个。示例性的,第一指示信息通过PBCH发送,或,第一指示信息通过MIB消息发送,或,第一指示信息通过SIB1消息发送,或,第一指示信息通过非SIB1消息的其他SIB消息发送,或,第一指示信息通过高层参数(例如Serving Cell Config Common)发送。Optionally, other SIBs other than SIB1 may be one or more of SIB2-SIB14 and posSIBs (Positioning SIBs, positioning SIBs). Exemplarily, the first indication information is sent through a PBCH, or the first indication information is sent through an MIB message, or the first indication information is sent through a SIB1 message, or the first indication information is sent through other SIB messages other than SIB1 messages, Or, the first indication information is sent through a high-level parameter (for example, Serving Cell Config Common).
作为示例,第一指示信息包括SIB1中的ssb-PositionsInBurst;和/或,第一指示信息包括ServingCellConfigCommon中的ssb-PositionsInBurst。As an example, the first indication information includes ssb-PositionsInBurst in SIB1; and/or, the first indication information includes ssb-PositionsInBurst in ServingCellConfigCommon.
可选地,不同的配置参数中包括的第一指示信息提供的配置信息相同。示例性的,SIB1中的ssb-PositionsInBurst和ServingCellConfigCommon中的ssb-PositionsInBurst提供相同的配置信息。Optionally, the configuration information provided by the first indication information included in different configuration parameters is the same. Exemplarily, ssb-PositionsInBurst in SIB1 and ssb-PositionsInBurst in ServingCellConfigCommon provide the same configuration information.
可选的,所述SSB包括至少一个传输机会中的SSB,所述第一指示信息用于指示SSB的频域位置,包括:所述第一指示信息用于指示所述至少一个传输机会中至少一个传输的SSB的频域位置;或者,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述至少一个传输机会中至少一个未传输的SSB的频域位置。Optionally, the SSB includes an SSB in at least one transmission opportunity, and the first indication information is used to indicate a frequency domain location of the SSB, including: the first indication information is used to indicate that at least one of the at least one transmission opportunity A frequency domain location of a transmitted SSB; or, the first indication information is used to indicate a frequency domain location of at least one untransmitted SSB in the at least one transmission opportunity.
可选的,所述SSB包括至少一个传输机会中的SSB,所述SSB的频域位置的指示信息,可以包括:所述至少一个传输机会中至少一个传输的SSB的频域位置的指示信息;或者,所述至少一个传输机会中至少一个未传输的SSB的频域位置的指示信息。Optionally, the SSB includes an SSB in at least one transmission opportunity, and the indication information of the frequency domain location of the SSB may include: indication information of the frequency domain location of at least one transmitted SSB in the at least one transmission opportunity; Or, indication information of the frequency domain location of at least one untransmitted SSB in the at least one transmission opportunity.
可选的,所述SSB包括SSB传输窗口中的SSB;或者,所述SSB包括DRS传输窗口中的SSB。Optionally, the SSB includes an SSB in an SSB transmission window; or, the SSB includes an SSB in a DRS transmission window.
可以理解的是,不同频域位置相同时域位置可以认为是一个传输机会,或者,也可以认为是多个传输机会。It can be understood that the same time domain location at different frequency domain locations may be considered as one transmission opportunity, or may also be considered as multiple transmission opportunities.
示例性的,该SSB的频域位置的指示信息包括多个传输机会中SSB的频域位置的指示信息,其中,不同传输机会中SSB的频域位置的指示信息关联不同的频域位置。例如,假设一个服务小区上ssb-PositionsInBurst对应的位图(bitmap)包括关联BWP0的[10000001],关联BWP1的[01010100],关联BWP2的[00101010],那么说明该服务小区上发送的SSB的SSB索引为SSB0和SSB7通过BWP0发送,SSB1、SSB3和SSB5通过BWP1发送,SSB2、SSB4和SSB6通过BWP2发送。Exemplarily, the indication information of the frequency domain position of the SSB includes indication information of the frequency domain position of the SSB in multiple transmission opportunities, wherein the indication information of the frequency domain position of the SSB in different transmission opportunities is associated with different frequency domain positions. For example, assuming that the bitmap corresponding to ssb-PositionsInBurst on a serving cell includes [10000001] associated with BWP0, [01010100] associated with BWP1, and [00101010] associated with BWP2, then the SSB of the SSB sent on the serving cell is indicated. The indices are that SSB0 and SSB7 are sent through BWP0, SSB1, SSB3 and SSB5 are sent through BWP1, and SSB2, SSB4 and SSB6 are sent through BWP2.
可选的,所述SSB中传输的SSB索引相同的SSB具有相同的准共站(Quasi Co-Location,QCL)关系。示例性的,不同BWP上传输的SSB索引相同的SSB可以认为具有相同的QCL关系。Optionally, SSBs with the same SSB index transmitted in the SSB have the same Quasi Co-Location (QCL) relationship. Exemplarily, SSBs with the same SSB index transmitted on different BWPs may be considered to have the same QCL relationship.
可选的,所述第一指示信息还用于指示所述SSB的时域位置。Optionally, the first indication information is further used to indicate the time domain position of the SSB.
可选的,所述第一指示信息还可以包括所述SSB的时域位置的指示信息。Optionally, the first indication information may further include indication information of the time domain position of the SSB.
可选的,所述第一指示信息还用于确定激活BWP上传输的SSB的第一SSB位置。即所述终端设备根据所述第一指示信息确定激活BWP上传输的SSB的第一SSB位置。Optionally, the first indication information is further used to determine the position of the first SSB for activating the SSB transmitted on the BWP. That is, the terminal device determines, according to the first indication information, the position of the first SSB for activating the SSB transmitted on the BWP.
可选的,所述方法还包括:所述终端设备在所述激活BWP上根据所述第一SSB位置接收所述网络设备发送的第一物理下行共享信道PDSCH;在所述第一SSB位置包括的RB与所述第一PDSCH包括的RB有重叠的情况下,所述终端设备确定重叠的RB对应的资源不用于所述第一PDSCH传输,所述第一PDSCH包括以下至少一种情况:Optionally, the method further includes: receiving, by the terminal device on the activated BWP, a first physical downlink shared channel PDSCH sent by the network device according to the first SSB position; In the case where the RBs of the first PDSCH overlap with the RBs included in the first PDSCH, the terminal device determines that the resources corresponding to the overlapping RBs are not used for the first PDSCH transmission, and the first PDSCH includes at least one of the following situations:
CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH且所述PDCCH中的DCI中包括的系统消息指示为1;The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of the SI-RNTI and the system message indication included in the DCI in the PDCCH is 1;
CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH且所述PDSCH中包括非SIB1的其他SIB;The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of the SI-RNTI, and the PDSCH includes other SIBs other than SIB1;
CRC扰码为RA-RNTI、MsgB-RNTI、P-RNTI或TC-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH;The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of RA-RNTI, MsgB-RNTI, P-RNTI or TC-RNTI;
CRC扰码为C-RNTI、MCS-C-RNTI或CS-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH;以及,CRC scrambled PDSCH scheduled for PDCCH of C-RNTI, MCS-C-RNTI or CS-RNTI; and,
SPS PDSCH。SPS PDSCH.
可选的,所述方法还包括:在所述终端设备通过PBCH或MIB接收所述网络设备发送的所述第一指示信息,所述终端设备收到CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的第一PDSCH且所述PDCCH中的DCI中包括的系统消息指示为0,或,收到CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的第一PDSCH且所述第一PDSCH中包括SIB1的情况下,所述终端设备根据所述第一SSB位置接收所述第一PDSCH;在所述第一SSB位置包括的RB与所述第一PDSCH包括的RB有重叠的情况下,所述终端设备确定重叠的RB对应的资源不用于所述第一PDSCH传输。Optionally, the method further includes: receiving, at the terminal device, the first indication information sent by the network device through the PBCH or MIB, and the terminal device receives the information scheduled by the PDCCH whose CRC scrambling code is SI-RNTI. The first PDSCH and the system message indication included in the DCI in the PDCCH is 0, or, when the first PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH whose CRC scrambling code is SI-RNTI is received and the first PDSCH includes SIB1, The terminal device receives the first PDSCH according to the first SSB position; if the RB included in the first SSB position overlaps with the RB included in the first PDSCH, the terminal device determines that the overlapping The resource corresponding to the RB is not used for the first PDSCH transmission.
可选的,所述方法还包括:在所述终端设备收到CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的第一PDSCH且所述PDCCH中的DCI中包括的系统消息指示为0,或,收到CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的第一PDSCH且所述第一PDSCH中包括SIB1的情况下,所述终端设备确定所述第一PDSCH包括的资源单元RE中没有RE用于SSB传输。进一步可选的,所述第一PDSCH中包括所述第一指示信息。Optionally, the method further includes: when the terminal device receives the first PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH whose CRC scrambling code is SI-RNTI and the system message indication included in the DCI in the PDCCH is 0, or, receiving When the first PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH whose CRC scrambling code is SI-RNTI and the first PDSCH includes SIB1, the terminal device determines that no REs in the resource element REs included in the first PDSCH are used for SSB transmission . Further optionally, the first PDSCH includes the first indication information.
在本发明实施例中,终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示同步信号块SSB的频域位置,和/或,所述SSB对应的覆盖小区。终端设备可以根据第一指示信息完成初始接入以及下行接收的数据速率匹配。通过本申请实施例的方法,在NTN系统的频率复用因子大于1的情况下,可以使位于地面上的不同覆盖小区的终端设备可以正确完成NTN系统的初始接入和下行数据接收的速率匹配。In this embodiment of the present invention, the terminal device receives first indication information sent by the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain location of the synchronization signal block SSB, and/or the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB. The terminal device may complete initial access and data rate matching of downlink reception according to the first indication information. Through the method of the embodiment of the present application, in the case that the frequency reuse factor of the NTN system is greater than 1, the terminal equipments located in different coverage cells on the ground can correctly complete the initial access of the NTN system and the rate matching of the downlink data reception .
下面结合图4A所示,以终端设备位于BWP2,B6,foot print0为例,对上述示例的4种方式中每种方式下的SSB传输方法对应的第一指示信息、终端设备的初始接入行为和基于SSB的下行接收速率匹配进行示例说明。As shown in FIG. 4A , taking the terminal equipment located in BWP2, B6, and footprint 0 as an example, the first indication information corresponding to the SSB transmission method in each of the four methods in the above example, the initial access behavior of the terminal equipment and SSB-based downlink receive rate matching for example.
方式1:Way 1:
第一指示信息用于指示DRS传输机会窗口或SSB传输机会窗口中的SSB的频域位置和/或SSB对应的覆盖小区。作为示例,第一指示信息指示SSB的频域位置,可以为:第一指示信息指示BWP标识和BWP中的SSB传输机会中传输的SSB索引的关联关系。例如,第一指示信息包括3行bitmap,每行bitmap包括8个比特,每行bitmap关联一个BWP ID,其中,第一行bitmap为[10000001],用于指示BWP0上的SSB传输机会中传输的SSB为SSB0和SSB7;第二行bitmap为[01010100],用于指示BWP1上的SSB传输机会中传输的SSB为SSB1、SSB3和SSB5;第三行bitmap为[00101010],用于指示BWP2上的SSB传输机会中传输的SSB为SSB2、SSB4和SSB6。The first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain position of the SSB in the DRS transmission opportunity window or the SSB transmission opportunity window and/or the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB. As an example, the first indication information indicates the frequency domain location of the SSB, which may be: the first indication information indicates the association relationship between the BWP identifier and the SSB index transmitted in the SSB transmission opportunity in the BWP. For example, the first indication information includes 3 rows of bitmaps, each row of bitmaps includes 8 bits, and each row of bitmaps is associated with a BWP ID, wherein the first row of bitmaps is [10000001], which is used to indicate the SSB transmission opportunity on BWP0. The SSBs are SSB0 and SSB7; the bitmap in the second row is [01010100], which is used to indicate that the SSBs transmitted in the SSB transmission opportunity on BWP1 are SSB1, SSB3, and SSB5; the bitmap in the third row is [00101010], which is used to indicate the SSBs on BWP2. The SSBs transmitted in the SSB transmission opportunity are SSB2, SSB4 and SSB6.
可选地,第一指示信息指示的是cell-defining的SSB的频域位置。Optionally, the first indication information indicates the frequency domain position of the cell-defining SSB.
可选地,第一指示信息通过PBCH、MIB和SIB1中的至少一种进行传输。例如,第一指示信息包括SIB1中的ssb-PositionsInBurst。Optionally, the first indication information is transmitted through at least one of PBCH, MIB and SIB1. For example, the first indication information includes ssb-PositionsInBurst in SIB1.
可选地,第一指示信息通过高层信令传输。例如,第一指示信息包括ServingCellConfigCommon中的ssb-PositionsInBurst。Optionally, the first indication information is transmitted through high-layer signaling. For example, the first indication information includes ssb-PositionsInBurst in ServingCellConfigCommon.
可选地,不同的配置参数中包括的第一指示信息提供的配置信息相同。Optionally, the configuration information provided by the first indication information included in different configuration parameters is the same.
作为示例,第一指示信息指示SSB对应的覆盖小区,可以为:第一指示信息指示覆盖小区ID和BWP中的SSB传输机会中传输的SSB索引的关联关系。As an example, the first indication information indicates the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB, which may be: the first indication information indicates the association relationship between the coverage cell ID and the SSB index transmitted in the SSB transmission opportunity in the BWP.
终端设备在进行初始接入时,由于其所处的地理位置FP0对应BWP2,B6的覆盖范围,因此其可以检测到BWP2中的SSB6,并通过检测到的BWP2中的SSB6接入网络。可以理解的是,这里的BWP2可以是激活BWP或初始BWP。进一步地,终端设备可以根据SSB6关联的系统消息收到第一指示信息,并根据第一指示信息确定该小区中的不同BWP上传输的SSB,或BWP和SSB的关联信息,或覆盖小区和SSB的关联信息,或覆盖小区和BWP的关联信息,或覆盖小区、BWP和SSB三者之间的关联信息。终端设备可以 根据不同BWP上传输的SSB的信息对对应的BWP进行测量,或者,终端设备在检测到其他BWP上的SSB后可以确定对应的BWP信息。When the terminal device performs initial access, since its geographical location FP0 corresponds to the coverage of BWP2 and B6, it can detect SSB6 in BWP2 and access the network through the detected SSB6 in BWP2. It can be understood that the BWP2 here can be an activated BWP or an initial BWP. Further, the terminal device may receive the first indication information according to the system message associated with SSB6, and determine the SSB transmitted on different BWPs in the cell, or the association information between the BWP and the SSB, or the coverage cell and the SSB according to the first indication information. , or the association information between the coverage cell and the BWP, or the association information between the coverage cell, the BWP, and the SSB. The terminal device may measure the corresponding BWPs according to the information of the SSBs transmitted on different BWPs, or the terminal device may determine the corresponding BWP information after detecting the SSBs on other BWPs.
可选地,终端设备根据第一指示信息确定BWP2传输的SSB包括SSB2、SSB4和SSB6,进而确定下行数据接收的速率匹配。Optionally, the terminal device determines, according to the first indication information, that the SSBs transmitted by the BWP2 include SSB2, SSB4 and SSB6, and further determines the rate matching of downlink data reception.
当终端设备收到SI-RNTI调度的PDSCH且SI-RNTI对应的DCI中包括的系统信息指示为0(或者说当收到SI-RNTI调度的PDSCH中包括SIB1信息)时,终端设备应假设该接收的PDSCH包括的RE中没有RE用于SSB传输。When the terminal device receives the PDSCH scheduled by the SI-RNTI and the system information indication included in the DCI corresponding to the SI-RNTI is 0 (or when the PDSCH scheduled by the SI-RNTI includes the SIB1 information), the terminal device should assume that the None of the REs included in the received PDSCH is used for SSB transmission.
当终端设备收到SI-RNTI调度的PDSCH且SI-RNTI对应的DCI中包括的系统信息指示为1(或者说当收到SI-RNTI调度的PDSCH中包括非SIB1的系统信息),或收到RA-RNTI、MsgB-RNTI、P-RNTI或TC-RNTI调度的PDSCH,或收到CRC扰码为C-RNTI、MCS-C-RNTI或CS-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH,或收到SPS PDSCH时,终端设备应根据第一指示信息确定BWP2传输的SSB包括SSB2、SSB4和SSB6。如果被调度的PDSCH中的PRB与用于传输SSB(即SSB2、SSB4或SSB6)的PRB有重叠,那么终端设备应假设在SSB传输的符号上的该重叠的PRB对应的资源(或者说用于传输SSB的资源)不用于PDSCH传输。When the terminal device receives the PDSCH scheduled by the SI-RNTI and the system information indication included in the DCI corresponding to the SI-RNTI is 1 (or when the PDSCH scheduled by the SI-RNTI includes system information other than SIB1), or receives PDSCH scheduled by RA-RNTI, MsgB-RNTI, P-RNTI or TC-RNTI, or PDSCH scheduled by PDCCH with CRC scrambling code C-RNTI, MCS-C-RNTI or CS-RNTI, or received SPS PDSCH , the terminal device shall determine, according to the first indication information, that the SSBs transmitted by the BWP2 include SSB2, SSB4 and SSB6. If the PRB in the scheduled PDSCH overlaps with the PRB used to transmit the SSB (ie SSB2, SSB4 or SSB6), the terminal device shall assume the resource corresponding to the overlapping PRB on the SSB transmitted symbol (or used for resources for transmitting SSB) are not used for PDSCH transmission.
方式2:Way 2:
第一指示信息用于指示SSB的频域位置DRS传输机会窗口或SSB传输机会窗口中的SSB的频域位置和/或SSB对应的覆盖小区。作为示例,第一指示信息指示SSB的频域位置,可以为:第一指示信息指示BWP标识和BWP中的SSB传输机会中传输的SSB索引的关联关系。例如,第一指示信息包括3行bitmap,每行bitmap包括8个比特,每行bitmap关联一个BWP ID,其中,第一行bitmap为[11111111],用于指示BWP0上的SSB传输机会中传输的SSB为SSB0到SSB7;第二行bitmap为[01010100],用于指示BWP1上的SSB传输机会中传输的SSB为SSB1、SSB3和SSB5;第三行bitmap为[00101010],用于指示BWP2上的SSB传输机会中传输的SSB为SSB2、SSB4和SSB6。The first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain position of the SSB in the DRS transmission opportunity window or the frequency domain position of the SSB in the SSB transmission opportunity window and/or the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB. As an example, the first indication information indicates the frequency domain location of the SSB, which may be: the first indication information indicates the association relationship between the BWP identifier and the SSB index transmitted in the SSB transmission opportunity in the BWP. For example, the first indication information includes 3 rows of bitmaps, each row of bitmaps includes 8 bits, and each row of bitmaps is associated with a BWP ID, wherein the first row of bitmaps is [11111111], which is used to indicate the SSB transmission opportunity on BWP0. The SSBs are SSB0 to SSB7; the bitmap in the second row is [01010100], which is used to indicate that the SSBs transmitted in the SSB transmission opportunity on BWP1 are SSB1, SSB3, and SSB5; the bitmap in the third row is [00101010], which is used to indicate the SSB on BWP2. The SSBs transmitted in the SSB transmission opportunity are SSB2, SSB4 and SSB6.
可选地,BWP0中传输的SSB是cell-defining的SSB,BWP1和BWP2中传输的SSB是non cell-defining的SSB。Optionally, the SSBs transmitted in BWP0 are cell-defining SSBs, and the SSBs transmitted in BWP1 and BWP2 are non-cell-defining SSBs.
可选地,终端设备根据网络设备的指示信息确定初始BWP,例如,由于第一行中发送的SSB包括第二行和第三行中发送的SSB,终端设备根据该第一指示信息可以确定发送cell-defining的SSB为BWP0,或第一指示信息还用于指示初始BWP的位置。Optionally, the terminal device determines the initial BWP according to the indication information of the network device. For example, since the SSB sent in the first row includes the SSB sent in the second row and the third row, the terminal device can determine to send the BWP according to the first indication information. The SSB of the cell-defining is BWP0, or the first indication information is also used to indicate the location of the initial BWP.
可选地,第一指示信息通过PBCH、MIB和SIB1中的至少一种进行传输。例如,第一指示信息包括SIB1中的ssb-PositionsInBurst。Optionally, the first indication information is transmitted through at least one of PBCH, MIB and SIB1. For example, the first indication information includes ssb-PositionsInBurst in SIB1.
可选地,第一指示信息通过高层信令传输。例如,第一指示信息包括ServingCellConfigCommon中的ssb-PositionsInBurst。Optionally, the first indication information is transmitted through high-layer signaling. For example, the first indication information includes ssb-PositionsInBurst in ServingCellConfigCommon.
可选地,不同的配置参数中包括的第一指示信息提供的配置信息相同。Optionally, the configuration information provided by the first indication information included in different configuration parameters is the same.
作为示例,第一指示信息指示SSB对应的覆盖小区,可以为:第一指示信息指示覆盖小区ID和BWP中的SSB传输机会中传输的SSB索引的关联关系。As an example, the first indication information indicates the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB, which may be: the first indication information indicates the association relationship between the coverage cell ID and the SSB index transmitted in the SSB transmission opportunity in the BWP.
终端设备在进行初始接入时,由于其所处的地理位置为FP0对应BWP2,B6的覆盖范围,因此其可以检测到BWP2中的SSB6,由于BWP2中的SSB6是non cell-defining的SSB,终端设备在搜到BWP2中的non cell-defining SSB6后,可以根据该BWP2中的SSB6中的指示信息到BWP1中的SSB6的位置接收cell-defining SSB,从而接入网络。可以理解的是,这里的BWP2可以是激活BWP。进一步地,终端设备可以根据BWP1上的SSB6关联的系统消息或BWP2中的PBCH或MIB收到第一指示信息,并根据第一指示信息确定该小区中的不同BWP上传输的SSB,或BWP和SSB的关联信息,或覆盖小区和SSB的关联信息,或覆盖小区和BWP的关联信息,或覆盖小区、BWP和SSB三者之间的关联信息。终端设备可以根据不同BWP上传输的SSB的信息对对应的BWP进行测量,或者,终端设备在检测到其他BWP上的SSB后可以确定对应的BWP信息。When the terminal device performs initial access, since its geographical location is the coverage of FP0 corresponding to BWP2 and B6, it can detect SSB6 in BWP2. Since SSB6 in BWP2 is a non-cell-defining SSB, the terminal After finding the non cell-defining SSB6 in the BWP2, the device can receive the cell-defining SSB at the location of the SSB6 in the BWP1 according to the indication information in the SSB6 in the BWP2, thereby accessing the network. It can be understood that the BWP2 here can be the activated BWP. Further, the terminal device can receive the first indication information according to the system message associated with SSB6 on BWP1 or the PBCH or MIB in BWP2, and determine the SSB transmitted on different BWPs in the cell according to the first indication information, or the BWP and The association information of the SSB, or the association information between the coverage cell and the SSB, or the association information between the coverage cell and the BWP, or the association information between the coverage cell, the BWP, and the SSB. The terminal device may measure the corresponding BWPs according to the information of the SSBs transmitted on different BWPs, or the terminal device may determine the corresponding BWP information after detecting the SSBs on other BWPs.
终端设备根据第一指示信息确定BWP2传输的SSB包括SSB2、SSB4和SSB6,进而确定下行数据接收的速率匹配。The terminal device determines, according to the first indication information, that the SSBs transmitted by the BWP2 include SSB2, SSB4, and SSB6, and further determines the rate matching of downlink data reception.
当终端设备收到SI-RNTI调度的PDSCH且SI-RNTI对应的DCI中包括的系统信息指示为0(或者说当收到SI-RNTI调度的PDSCH中包括SIB1信息)时,终端设备应假设该接收的PDSCH包括的RE中没有RE用于SSB传输。When the terminal device receives the PDSCH scheduled by the SI-RNTI and the system information indication included in the DCI corresponding to the SI-RNTI is 0 (or when the PDSCH scheduled by the SI-RNTI includes the SIB1 information), the terminal device should assume that the None of the REs included in the received PDSCH is used for SSB transmission.
当终端设备收到SI-RNTI调度的PDSCH且SI-RNTI对应的DCI中包括的系统信息指示为1(或者说当收到SI-RNTI调度的PDSCH中包括非SIB1的系统信息),或收到RA-RNTI、MsgB-RNTI、P-RNTI或TC-RNTI调度的PDSCH,或收到CRC扰码为C-RNTI、MCS-C-RNTI或CS-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH,或收到SPS PDSCH 时,终端设备应根据第一指示信息确定BWP2传输的SSB包括SSB2、SSB4和SSB6。如果被调度的PDSCH中的PRB与用于传输SSB(即SSB2、SSB4或SSB6)的PRB有重叠,那么终端设备应假设在SSB传输的符号上的该重叠的PRB对应的资源(或者说用于传输SSB的资源)不用于PDSCH传输。When the terminal device receives the PDSCH scheduled by the SI-RNTI and the system information indication included in the DCI corresponding to the SI-RNTI is 1 (or when the PDSCH scheduled by the SI-RNTI includes system information other than SIB1), or receives PDSCH scheduled by RA-RNTI, MsgB-RNTI, P-RNTI or TC-RNTI, or PDSCH scheduled by PDCCH with CRC scrambling code C-RNTI, MCS-C-RNTI or CS-RNTI, or received SPS PDSCH , the terminal device shall determine, according to the first indication information, that the SSBs transmitted by the BWP2 include SSB2, SSB4 and SSB6. If the PRB in the scheduled PDSCH overlaps with the PRB used to transmit the SSB (ie SSB2, SSB4 or SSB6), the terminal device shall assume the resource corresponding to the overlapping PRB on the SSB transmitted symbol (or used for resources for transmitting SSB) are not used for PDSCH transmission.
方式3:Way 3:
第一指示信息用于指示DRS传输机会窗口或SSB传输机会窗口中的SSB的频域位置和/或SSB对应的覆盖小区。作为示例,第一指示信息指示SSB的频域位置,可以为:第一指示信息指示包括SSB传输机会的BWP标识,其中,每个SSB传输机会中传输的SSB索引都相同。例如,第一指示信息包括1行8个比特的bitmap,每行bitmap关联一个BWP ID,该bitmap为[11111111],用于指示SSB传输机会中传输的SSB为SSB0到SSB7;第一指示信息中还包括BWP索引指示信息或BWP索引对应的BWP中第一RB的频域位置,用于指示该小区中发送SSB传输机会的BWP。例如,假设小区中最多可以包括4个BWP,第一指示信息还包括1行4个比特的bitmap,该bitmap为[1110],用于指示BWP0、BWP1和BWP2上的SSB传输机会中包括传输的SSB。The first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain position of the SSB in the DRS transmission opportunity window or the SSB transmission opportunity window and/or the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB. As an example, the first indication information indicates the frequency domain location of the SSB, which may be: the first indication information indicates the BWP identifier including the SSB transmission opportunity, wherein the SSB index transmitted in each SSB transmission opportunity is the same. For example, the first indication information includes 1 row of 8-bit bitmaps, each row of bitmaps is associated with a BWP ID, the bitmap is [11111111], and is used to indicate that the SSBs transmitted in the SSB transmission opportunity are SSB0 to SSB7; in the first indication information It also includes the BWP index indication information or the frequency domain position of the first RB in the BWP corresponding to the BWP index, which is used to indicate the BWP that sends the SSB transmission opportunity in the cell. For example, assuming that a cell can include up to 4 BWPs, the first indication information further includes a bitmap of 1 row and 4 bits, where the bitmap is [1110], which is used to indicate that the SSB transmission opportunities on BWP0, BWP1 and BWP2 include the transmitted SSB.
可选地,BWP0中传输的SSB是cell-defining的SSB,BWP1和BWP2中传输的SSB是non cell-defining的SSB。Optionally, the SSBs transmitted in BWP0 are cell-defining SSBs, and the SSBs transmitted in BWP1 and BWP2 are non-cell-defining SSBs.
可选地,终端设备根据网络设备的指示信息确定初始BWP,例如第一指示信息还用于指示初始BWP的位置,终端设备根据该第一指示信息可以确定发送cell-defining的SSB为BWP0。Optionally, the terminal device determines the initial BWP according to the indication information of the network device. For example, the first indication information is also used to indicate the location of the initial BWP, and the terminal device can determine that the SSB sending cell-defining is BWP0 according to the first indication information.
可选地,第一指示信息通过PBCH、MIB和SIB1中的至少一种进行传输。例如,第一指示信息包括SIB1中的ssb-PositionsInBurst。Optionally, the first indication information is transmitted through at least one of PBCH, MIB and SIB1. For example, the first indication information includes ssb-PositionsInBurst in SIB1.
可选地,第一指示信息通过高层信令传输。例如,第一指示信息包括ServingCellConfigCommon中的ssb-PositionsInBurst。Optionally, the first indication information is transmitted through high-layer signaling. For example, the first indication information includes ssb-PositionsInBurst in ServingCellConfigCommon.
可选地,不同的配置参数中包括的第一指示信息提供的配置信息相同。Optionally, the configuration information provided by the first indication information included in different configuration parameters is the same.
作为示例,第一指示信息指示SSB对应的覆盖小区,可以为:第一指示信息指示覆盖小区ID和BWP中的SSB传输机会中传输的SSB索引的关联关系。As an example, the first indication information indicates the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB, which may be: the first indication information indicates the association relationship between the coverage cell ID and the SSB index transmitted in the SSB transmission opportunity in the BWP.
终端设备在进行初始接入时,由于其所处的地理位置FP0对应BWP2,B6的覆盖范围,因此其可以检测到BWP2中的SSB6,由于BWP2中的SSB6是non cell-defining的SSB,终端设备在搜到BWP2中的non cell-defining SSB6后,可以根据该BWP2中的SSB6中的指示信息到BWP1中的SSB6的位置接收cell-defining SSB,从而接入网络。可以理解的是,这里的BWP2可以是激活BWP。进一步地,终端设备可以根据BWP1上的SSB6关联的系统消息或BWP2中的PBCH或MIB收到第一指示信息,并根据第一指示信息确定该小区中的不同BWP上传输的SSB。终端设备可以根据不同BWP上传输的SSB的信息对对应的BWP进行测量,或者,终端设备在检测到其他BWP上的SSB后可以确定对应的BWP信息。When the terminal equipment performs initial access, because its geographical location FP0 corresponds to the coverage of BWP2 and B6, it can detect SSB6 in BWP2. Since SSB6 in BWP2 is a non-cell-defining SSB, the terminal equipment After the non-cell-defining SSB6 in BWP2 is found, the cell-defining SSB can be received at the location of SSB6 in BWP1 according to the indication information in the SSB6 in the BWP2, thereby accessing the network. It can be understood that the BWP2 here can be the activated BWP. Further, the terminal device may receive the first indication information according to the system message associated with SSB6 on BWP1 or the PBCH or MIB in BWP2, and determine the SSBs transmitted on different BWPs in the cell according to the first indication information. The terminal device may measure the corresponding BWPs according to the information of the SSBs transmitted on different BWPs, or the terminal device may determine the corresponding BWP information after detecting the SSBs on other BWPs.
终端设备根据第一指示信息确定BWP2传输的SSB包括SSB0到SSB7,进而确定下行数据接收的速率匹配。The terminal device determines, according to the first indication information, that the SSBs transmitted by the BWP2 include SSB0 to SSB7, and further determines the rate matching of the downlink data reception.
当终端设备收到SI-RNTI调度的PDSCH且SI-RNTI对应的DCI中包括的系统信息指示为0(或者说当收到SI-RNTI调度的PDSCH中包括SIB1信息)时,终端设备应假设该接收的PDSCH包括的RE中没有RE用于SSB传输。When the terminal device receives the PDSCH scheduled by the SI-RNTI and the system information indication included in the DCI corresponding to the SI-RNTI is 0 (or when the PDSCH scheduled by the SI-RNTI includes the SIB1 information), the terminal device should assume that the None of the REs included in the received PDSCH is used for SSB transmission.
当终端设备收到SI-RNTI调度的PDSCH且SI-RNTI对应的DCI中包括的系统信息指示为1(或者说当收到SI-RNTI调度的PDSCH中包括非SIB1的系统信息),或收到RA-RNTI、MsgB-RNTI、P-RNTI或TC-RNTI调度的PDSCH,或收到CRC扰码为C-RNTI、MCS-C-RNTI或CS-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH,或收到SPS PDSCH时,终端设备应根据第一指示信息确定BWP2传输的SSB包括SSB2、SSB4和SSB6。如果被调度的PDSCH中的PRB与用于传输SSB(即SSB0到SSB7中的至少一个SSB)的PRB有重叠,那么终端设备应假设在SSB传输的符号上的该重叠的PRB对应的资源(或者说用于传输SSB的资源)不用于PDSCH传输。When the terminal device receives the PDSCH scheduled by the SI-RNTI and the system information indication included in the DCI corresponding to the SI-RNTI is 1 (or when the PDSCH scheduled by the SI-RNTI includes system information other than SIB1), or receives PDSCH scheduled by RA-RNTI, MsgB-RNTI, P-RNTI or TC-RNTI, or PDSCH scheduled by PDCCH with CRC scrambling code C-RNTI, MCS-C-RNTI or CS-RNTI, or received SPS PDSCH , the terminal device shall determine, according to the first indication information, that the SSBs transmitted by the BWP2 include SSB2, SSB4 and SSB6. If the PRB in the scheduled PDSCH overlaps the PRB used to transmit the SSB (ie, at least one of SSB0 to SSB7), the terminal device shall assume the resource corresponding to this overlapping PRB on the symbols transmitted by the SSB (or Said resources used to transmit SSB) are not used for PDSCH transmission.
方式4:Way 4:
第一指示信息用于指示DRS传输机会窗口或SSB传输机会窗口中的SSB的频域位置和/或SSB对应的覆盖小区。作为示例,第一指示信息指示SSB的频域位置。由于该方式和Rel-15的SSB传输方式相同,因此,第一指示信息包括ssb-PositionsInBurst。例如,第一指示信息包括1行8个比特的bitmap,每行bitmap关联一个BWP ID,该bitmap为[11111111],用于指示SSB传输机会中传输的SSB为SSB0到SSB7。第一指示信息中还包括BWP标识或BWP标识对应的BWP中第一RB的频域位置与SSB索引的关联关系的指示信息,用于指示该小区中BWP上关联的SSB索引。例如,第一指示信息用于指示如下表2所示的关联关系。The first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain position of the SSB in the DRS transmission opportunity window or the SSB transmission opportunity window and/or the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB. As an example, the first indication information indicates the frequency domain location of the SSB. Since this method is the same as the SSB transmission method of Rel-15, the first indication information includes ssb-PositionsInBurst. For example, the first indication information includes a bitmap of 1 row of 8 bits, each row of bitmap is associated with a BWP ID, the bitmap is [11111111], and is used to indicate that the SSBs transmitted in the SSB transmission opportunity are SSB0 to SSB7. The first indication information further includes the BWP identity or indication information of the association relationship between the frequency domain position of the first RB in the BWP corresponding to the BWP identity and the SSB index, which is used to indicate the SSB index associated with the BWP in the cell. For example, the first indication information is used to indicate the association relationship shown in Table 2 below.
foot print标识foot print logo BWP标识BWP logo SSB索引SSB Index
00 BWP0 BWP0 00
11 BWP1 BWP1 11
22 BWP2 BWP2 22
33 BWP1 BWP1 33
44 BWP2 BWP2 44
55 BWP1 BWP1 55
66 BWP2 BWP2 66
77 BWP0 BWP0 77
表2Table 2
可选地,终端设备根据网络设备的指示信息确定初始BWP,例如第一指示信息还用于指示初始BWP的位置,终端设备根据该第一指示信息可以确定发送cell-defining的SSB为BWP0。Optionally, the terminal device determines the initial BWP according to the indication information of the network device. For example, the first indication information is also used to indicate the location of the initial BWP, and the terminal device can determine that the SSB sending cell-defining is BWP0 according to the first indication information.
可选地,第一指示信息通过PBCH、MIB和SIB1中的至少一种进行传输。例如,第一指示信息包括SIB1中的ssb-PositionsInBurst。Optionally, the first indication information is transmitted through at least one of PBCH, MIB and SIB1. For example, the first indication information includes ssb-PositionsInBurst in SIB1.
可选地,第一指示信息通过高层信令传输。例如,第一指示信息包括ServingCellConfigCommon中的ssb-PositionsInBurst。Optionally, the first indication information is transmitted through high-layer signaling. For example, the first indication information includes ssb-PositionsInBurst in ServingCellConfigCommon.
可选地,不同的配置参数中包括的第一指示信息提供的配置信息相同。Optionally, the configuration information provided by the first indication information included in different configuration parameters is the same.
作为示例,第一指示信息指示SSB对应的覆盖小区,可以为:第一指示信息指示覆盖小区ID和BWP中的SSB传输机会中传输的SSB索引的关联关系。As an example, the first indication information indicates the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB, which may be: the first indication information indicates the association relationship between the coverage cell ID and the SSB index transmitted in the SSB transmission opportunity in the BWP.
终端设备在进行初始接入时,由于其所处的地理位置FP0对应BWP2,B6(对应foot print索引6)的覆盖范围,因此其可以检测到BWP0中的SSB6,从而接入网络。可以理解的是,这里的BWP2可以是激活BWP。进一步地,终端设备可以根据第一指示信息确定SSB6关联的BWP为BWP2,从而在BWP2上根据SSB6对应的波束方向进行数据传输。When the terminal device performs initial access, since its geographical location FP0 corresponds to the coverage of BWP2 and B6 (corresponding to footprint index 6), it can detect SSB6 in BWP0 and access the network. It can be understood that the BWP2 here can be the activated BWP. Further, the terminal device may determine that the BWP associated with SSB6 is BWP2 according to the first indication information, so as to perform data transmission on BWP2 according to the beam direction corresponding to SSB6.
终端设备确定BWP2中不包括SSB传输,进而确定在BWP2上进行下行数据接收时,不用考虑根据SSB的速率匹配。The terminal device determines that the BWP2 does not include SSB transmission, and further determines that the rate matching according to the SSB is not considered when receiving downlink data on the BWP2.
在本发明实施例中,终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示同步信号块SSB的频域位置,和/或,所述SSB对应的覆盖小区。终端设备可以根据第一指示信息完成初始接入以及下行接收的数据速率匹配。通过本申请实施例的方法,在NTN系统中,可以使位于地面上的不同覆盖小区的终端设备可以正确完成NTN系统的初始接入和下行数据接收的速率匹配。另外,通过本申请中一些实施例的方法,当频率复用因子大于1的情况下,对于同一个小区,位于地面上不同覆盖小区区域的终端设备还可以通过不同的BWP接入该小区,并正确完成NTN系统的初始接入和下行数据接收的速率匹配。In this embodiment of the present invention, the terminal device receives first indication information sent by the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain location of the synchronization signal block SSB, and/or the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB. The terminal device may complete initial access and data rate matching of downlink reception according to the first indication information. Through the method of the embodiment of the present application, in the NTN system, the terminal equipment located on the ground in different coverage cells can correctly complete the initial access of the NTN system and the rate matching of downlink data reception. In addition, through the methods of some embodiments of this application, when the frequency reuse factor is greater than 1, for the same cell, terminal equipment located in different coverage cell areas on the ground can also access the cell through different BWPs, and Correctly complete the initial access of the NTN system and the rate matching of downlink data reception.
与上述至少一个应用于终端设备的实施例的方法相对应地,本申请实施例还提供一种或多种终端设备。本申请实施例的终端设备可以实施上述方法中的任意一种实现方式。如图6A所示,为本发明实施例中终端设备的一个实施例示意图,可以包括:Corresponding to the above at least one method applied to the embodiment of the terminal device, the embodiment of the present application further provides one or more terminal devices. The terminal device in this embodiment of the present application may implement any one of the foregoing methods. As shown in FIG. 6A , it is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a terminal device in an embodiment of the present invention, which may include:
接收模块601,用于接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示同步信号块SSB的频域位置,和/或,SSB对应的覆盖小区。The receiving module 601 is configured to receive first indication information sent by a network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain location of the synchronization signal block SSB, and/or the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB.
可选的,如图6B所示,为本发明实施例中终端设备的另一个实施例示意图,终端设备还包括:Optionally, as shown in FIG. 6B , which is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of the terminal device in the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal device further includes:
处理模块602,用于根据第一指示信息确定SSB的频域位置,和/或,SSB对应的覆盖小区。The processing module 602 is configured to determine the frequency domain location of the SSB and/or the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB according to the first indication information.
可选的,第一指示信息用于指示SSB的至少两个频域位置。Optionally, the first indication information is used to indicate at least two frequency domain positions of the SSB.
可选的,SSB的频域位置包括以下至少一种:Optionally, the frequency domain location of the SSB includes at least one of the following:
SSB传输的同步栅格的编号;The number of the sync grid transmitted by the SSB;
SSB传输的带宽部分BWP的标识ID;The identification ID of the bandwidth part BWP of the SSB transmission;
SSB在SSB传输的BWP中的频域位置;The frequency domain location of the SSB in the BWP transmitted by the SSB;
SSB传输的资源块RB集合的ID;以及,The ID of the resource block RB set for SSB transmission; and,
SSB在SSB传输的RB集合中的频域位置。The frequency domain location of the SSB in the set of RBs transmitted by the SSB.
可选的,SSB在SSB传输的BWP中的频域位置,包括以下至少一种:Optionally, the frequency domain position of the SSB in the BWP transmitted by the SSB includes at least one of the following:
SSB传输的第一个RB在BWP中的RB编号;The RB number in the BWP of the first RB transmitted by SSB;
SSB传输的第一个RB与BWP中的第一个RB之间的频域偏移;The frequency domain offset between the first RB of the SSB transmission and the first RB in the BWP;
SSB传输的同步栅格在BWP包括的同步栅格中的位置;以及,The location of the sync grid transmitted by the SSB in the sync grid included in the BWP; and,
SSB传输的同步栅格在BWP包括的同步栅格中的同步栅格编号。The sync cell number of the sync cell transmitted by the SSB in the sync cell included in the BWP.
可选的,SSB对应的覆盖小区包括以下至少一种:Optionally, the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB includes at least one of the following:
SSB对应的覆盖小区的ID;The ID of the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB;
SSB对应的覆盖小区与BWP的关联关系;以及,The association relationship between the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB and the BWP; and,
SSB对应的覆盖小区的ID与BWP的ID的关联关系。The association relationship between the ID of the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB and the ID of the BWP.
可选的,第一指示信息用于指示以下至少一种:Optionally, the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与至少一个SSB传输的同步栅格的编号的关联关系;The association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the number of the synchronization grid transmitted by the at least one SSB;
SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与至少一个SSB传输的BWP的ID的关联关系;The association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the ID of the BWP transmitted by at least one SSB;
SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与至少一个SSB在至少一个SSB传输的BWP中的频域位置的关联关系;An association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the frequency domain position of the at least one SSB in the BWP transmitted by the at least one SSB;
SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与至少一个SSB对应的SSB类型的关联关系,其中,SSB类型包括定义小区的SSB和不定义小区的SSB;An association relationship between an index of at least one SSB in the SSB and an SSB type corresponding to the at least one SSB, wherein the SSB type includes an SSB that defines a cell and an SSB that does not define a cell;
SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与至少一个SSB传输的RB集合的ID的关联关系;The association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the ID of the RB set transmitted by at least one SSB;
SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与至少一个SSB在至少一个SSB传输的RB集合中的频域位置的关联关系;The association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the frequency domain position of the at least one SSB in the RB set transmitted by the at least one SSB;
SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与至少一个SSB对应的至少一个覆盖小区的ID的关联关系;An association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the ID of at least one coverage cell corresponding to the at least one SSB;
至少一个覆盖小区的ID与至少一个BWP的ID的关联关系,其中,至少一个覆盖小区与至少一个BWP对应相同的SSB;The association relationship between the ID of at least one coverage cell and the ID of at least one BWP, wherein at least one coverage cell and at least one BWP correspond to the same SSB;
以及,以下至少两者之间的关联关系:至少一个覆盖小区的ID、至少一个BWP的ID、至少一个SSB索引。And, an association relationship between at least two of the following: an ID of at least one coverage cell, an ID of at least one BWP, and at least one SSB index.
可选的,第一指示信息用于确定定义小区的SSB位于一个频域位置;或,第一指示信息用于确定定义小区的至少两个SSB位于不同的频域位置。Optionally, the first indication information is used to determine that the SSB defining the cell is located at one frequency domain location; or, the first indication information is used to determine that the at least two SSBs defining the cell are located at different frequency domain locations.
可选的,接收模块601,具体用于通过物理广播信道PBCH、系统消息或高层参数接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息。Optionally, the receiving module 601 is specifically configured to receive the first indication information sent by the network device through a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a system message or a high-level parameter.
可选的,系统消息包括以下至少一种:主消息块MIB、系统消息块一SIB1、非SIB1的其他SIB。Optionally, the system message includes at least one of the following: a main message block MIB, a system message block one SIB1, and other SIBs other than SIB1.
可选的,SSB包括至少一个传输机会中的SSB,第一指示信息用于指示SSB的频域位置,包括:第一指示信息用于指示至少一个传输机会中至少一个传输的SSB的频域位置;或者,第一指示信息用于指示至少一个传输机会中至少一个未传输的SSB的频域位置。Optionally, the SSB includes an SSB in at least one transmission opportunity, and the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain location of the SSB, including: the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain location of at least one transmitted SSB in the at least one transmission opportunity or, the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain position of at least one untransmitted SSB in the at least one transmission opportunity.
可选的,SSB中传输的SSB索引相同的SSB具有相同的准共站QCL关系。Optionally, SSBs with the same SSB index transmitted in the SSB have the same quasi-co-sited QCL relationship.
可选的,第一指示信息还用于指示SSB的时域位置。Optionally, the first indication information is further used to indicate the time domain position of the SSB.
可选的,处理模块602,还用于根据第一指示信息确定激活BWP上传输的SSB的第一SSB位置。Optionally, the processing module 602 is further configured to determine, according to the first indication information, a first SSB location for activating the SSB transmitted on the BWP.
可选的,接收模块601,还用于在激活BWP上根据第一SSB位置接收网络设备发送的第一物理下行共享信道PDSCH;Optionally, the receiving module 601 is further configured to receive, on the activated BWP, the first physical downlink shared channel PDSCH sent by the network device according to the first SSB position;
处理模块602,还用于在第一SSB位置包括的RB与第一PDSCH包括的RB有重叠的情况下,确定重叠的RB对应的资源不用于第一PDSCH传输,第一PDSCH包括以下至少一种情况:The processing module 602 is further configured to, when the RB included in the first SSB position overlaps with the RB included in the first PDSCH, determine that the resource corresponding to the overlapping RB is not used for the first PDSCH transmission, and the first PDSCH includes at least one of the following condition:
循环冗余编码CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的物理下行控制信道PDCCH调度的PDSCH且PDCCH中的物理下行控制信道DCI中包括的系统消息指示为1;The cyclic redundancy code CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the physical downlink control channel PDCCH of the SI-RNTI, and the system message indication included in the physical downlink control channel DCI in the PDCCH is 1;
CRC扰码为系统信息无线网络设备临时标识SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH且PDSCH中包括非SIB1的其他SIB;The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of the system information wireless network device temporarily identifying the SI-RNTI, and the PDSCH includes other SIBs other than SIB1;
CRC扰码为随机接入无线网络设备临时标识RA-RNTI、MsgB-RNTI、寻呼无线网络设备临时标识P-RNTI或临时小区无线网络设备临时标识TC-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH;The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of the random access wireless network equipment temporary identifier RA-RNTI, MsgB-RNTI, the paging wireless network equipment temporary identifier P-RNTI or the temporary cell wireless network equipment temporary identifier TC-RNTI;
CRC扰码为小区无线网络设备临时标识C-RNTI、调制编码方案无线网络设备临时标识MCS-C-RNTI或配置调度无线网络设备临时标识CS-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH;以及,The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the cell wireless network equipment temporary identifier C-RNTI, the modulation and coding scheme wireless network equipment temporary identifier MCS-C-RNTI, or the PDCCH scheduling of the configuration scheduling wireless network equipment temporary identifier CS-RNTI; and,
半持续调度SPS PDSCH。Semi-persistent scheduling SPS PDSCH.
可选的,接收模块601,还用于在终端设备通过PBCH或MIB接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,终端设备收到CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的第一PDSCH且PDCCH中的DCI中包括的系统消息指示为0,或,收到CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的第一PDSCH且第一PDSCH中包括SIB1的情况下,根据第一SSB位置接收第一PDSCH;Optionally, the receiving module 601 is further configured to receive, at the terminal device, the first indication information sent by the network device through the PBCH or MIB, and the terminal device receives the first PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH whose CRC scrambling code is SI-RNTI and the first PDSCH in the PDCCH. The system message indication included in the DCI is 0, or, when the first PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH whose CRC scrambling code is SI-RNTI is received and the first PDSCH includes SIB1, the first PDSCH is received according to the first SSB position;
处理模块602,还用于在第一SSB位置包括的RB与第一PDSCH包括的RB有重叠的情况下,确定重叠的RB对应的资源不用于第一PDSCH传输。The processing module 602 is further configured to, in the case that the RB included in the first SSB location overlaps with the RB included in the first PDSCH, determine that the resource corresponding to the overlapping RB is not used for the first PDSCH transmission.
可选的,终端设备还可以包括:处理模块602,还用于在终端设备收到CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的PDCCH 调度的第一PDSCH且PDCCH中的DCI中包括的系统消息指示为0,或,收到CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的第一PDSCH且第一PDSCH中包括SIB1的情况下,确定第一PDSCH包括的资源单元RE中没有RE用于SSB传输。Optionally, the terminal device may further include: a processing module 602, which is further configured to, when the terminal device receives the first PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH whose CRC scrambling code is SI-RNTI, and the system message indication included in the DCI in the PDCCH is 0, Or, when the first PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH whose CRC scrambling code is SI-RNTI is received and the first PDSCH includes SIB1, it is determined that no REs in the resource element REs included in the first PDSCH are used for SSB transmission.
可选的,第一PDSCH中包括第一指示信息。Optionally, the first PDSCH includes first indication information.
与上述至少一个应用于网络设备的实施例的方法相对应地,本申请实施例还提供一种或多种网络设备。本申请实施例的网络设备可以实施上述方法中的任意一种实现方式。如图7所示,为本发明实施例中网络设备的一个实施例示意图,可以包括:Corresponding to the above-mentioned at least one method applied to the embodiment of the network device, the embodiment of the present application further provides one or more network devices. The network device in this embodiment of the present application may implement any one of the foregoing methods. As shown in FIG. 7, it is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a network device in an embodiment of the present invention, which may include:
发送模块701,用于向终端设备发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示同步信号块SSB的频域位置,和/或,SSB对应的覆盖小区。The sending module 701 is configured to send first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain location of the synchronization signal block SSB and/or the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB.
可选的,第一指示信息用于指示SSB的至少两个频域位置。Optionally, the first indication information is used to indicate at least two frequency domain positions of the SSB.
可选的,SSB的频域位置包括以下至少一种:Optionally, the frequency domain location of the SSB includes at least one of the following:
SSB传输的同步栅格的编号;The number of the sync grid transmitted by the SSB;
SSB传输的带宽部分BWP的标识ID;The identification ID of the bandwidth part BWP of the SSB transmission;
SSB在SSB传输的BWP中的频域位置;The frequency domain location of the SSB in the BWP transmitted by the SSB;
SSB传输的资源块RB集合的ID;以及,The ID of the resource block RB set for SSB transmission; and,
SSB在SSB传输的RB集合中的频域位置。The frequency domain location of the SSB in the set of RBs transmitted by the SSB.
可选的,SSB在SSB传输的BWP中的频域位置,包括以下至少一种:Optionally, the frequency domain position of the SSB in the BWP transmitted by the SSB includes at least one of the following:
SSB传输的第一个RB在BWP中的RB编号;The RB number in the BWP of the first RB transmitted by SSB;
SSB传输的第一个RB与BWP中的第一个RB之间的频域偏移;The frequency domain offset between the first RB of the SSB transmission and the first RB in the BWP;
SSB传输的同步栅格在BWP包括的同步栅格中的位置;以及,The location of the sync grid transmitted by the SSB in the sync grid included in the BWP; and,
SSB传输的同步栅格在BWP包括的同步栅格中的同步栅格编号。The sync cell number of the sync cell transmitted by the SSB in the sync cell included in the BWP.
可选的,SSB对应的覆盖小区包括以下至少一种:Optionally, the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB includes at least one of the following:
SSB对应的覆盖小区的ID;The ID of the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB;
SSB对应的覆盖小区与BWP的关联关系;以及,The association relationship between the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB and the BWP; and,
SSB对应的覆盖小区的ID与BWP的ID的关联关系。The association relationship between the ID of the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB and the ID of the BWP.
可选的,第一指示信息用于指示以下至少一种:Optionally, the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与至少一个SSB传输的同步栅格的编号的关联关系;The association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the number of the synchronization grid transmitted by the at least one SSB;
SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与至少一个SSB传输的BWP的ID的关联关系;The association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the ID of the BWP transmitted by at least one SSB;
SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与至少一个SSB在至少一个SSB传输的BWP中的频域位置的关联关系;An association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the frequency domain position of the at least one SSB in the BWP transmitted by the at least one SSB;
SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与至少一个SSB对应的SSB类型的关联关系,其中,SSB类型包括定义小区的SSB和不定义小区的SSB;An association relationship between an index of at least one SSB in the SSB and an SSB type corresponding to the at least one SSB, wherein the SSB type includes an SSB that defines a cell and an SSB that does not define a cell;
SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与至少一个SSB传输的RB集合的ID的关联关系;The association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the ID of the RB set transmitted by at least one SSB;
SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与至少一个SSB在至少一个SSB传输的RB集合中的频域位置的关联关系;The association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the frequency domain position of the at least one SSB in the RB set transmitted by the at least one SSB;
SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与至少一个SSB对应的至少一个覆盖小区的ID的关联关系;An association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the ID of at least one coverage cell corresponding to the at least one SSB;
至少一个覆盖小区的ID与至少一个BWP的ID的关联关系,其中,至少一个覆盖小区与至少一个BWP对应相同的SSB;The association relationship between the ID of at least one coverage cell and the ID of at least one BWP, wherein at least one coverage cell and at least one BWP correspond to the same SSB;
以及,以下至少两者之间的关联关系:至少一个覆盖小区的ID、至少一个BWP的ID、至少一个SSB索引。And, an association relationship between at least two of the following: an ID of at least one coverage cell, an ID of at least one BWP, and at least one SSB index.
可选的,第一指示信息用于确定定义小区的SSB位于一个频域位置;或,第一指示信息用于确定定义小区的至少两个SSB位于不同的频域位置。Optionally, the first indication information is used to determine that the SSB defining the cell is located at one frequency domain location; or, the first indication information is used to determine that the at least two SSBs defining the cell are located at different frequency domain locations.
可选的,发送模块701,具体用于通过物理广播信道PBCH、系统消息或高层参数向终端设备发送第一指示信息。Optionally, the sending module 701 is specifically configured to send the first indication information to the terminal device through a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a system message or a high-level parameter.
可选的,系统消息包括以下至少一种:主消息块MIB、系统消息块一SIB1、非SIB1的其他SIB。Optionally, the system message includes at least one of the following: a main message block MIB, a system message block one SIB1, and other SIBs other than SIB1.
可选的,SSB包括至少一个传输机会中的SSB,第一指示信息用于指示SSB的频域位置,包括:第一指示信息用于指示至少一个传输机会中至少一个传输的SSB的频域位置;或者,第一指示信息用于指示至少一个传输机会中至少一个未传输的SSB的频域位置。Optionally, the SSB includes an SSB in at least one transmission opportunity, and the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain location of the SSB, including: the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain location of at least one transmitted SSB in the at least one transmission opportunity or, the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain position of at least one untransmitted SSB in the at least one transmission opportunity.
可选的,SSB中传输的SSB索引相同的SSB具有相同的准共站QCL关系。Optionally, SSBs with the same SSB index transmitted in the SSB have the same quasi-co-sited QCL relationship.
可选的,第一指示信息还用于指示SSB的时域位置。Optionally, the first indication information is further used to indicate the time domain position of the SSB.
可选的,第一指示信息还用于终端设备确定激活BWP上传输的SSB的第一SSB位置。Optionally, the first indication information is further used by the terminal device to determine the location of the first SSB for activating the SSB transmitted on the BWP.
可选的,发送模块701,还用于在激活BWP上根据第一SSB位置发送第一物理下行共享信道PDSCH, 其中,第一PDSCH用于在第一SSB位置包括的RB与第一PDSCH包括的RB有重叠的情况下,终端设备确定重叠的RB对应的资源不用于第一PDSCH传输,第一PDSCH包括以下至少一种情况:Optionally, the sending module 701 is further configured to send the first physical downlink shared channel PDSCH according to the first SSB position on the activated BWP, wherein the first PDSCH is used for the RB included in the first SSB position and the first PDSCH included. In the case of overlapping RBs, the terminal device determines that the resources corresponding to the overlapping RBs are not used for the first PDSCH transmission, and the first PDSCH includes at least one of the following situations:
循环冗余编码CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的物理下行控制信道PDCCH调度的PDSCH且PDCCH中的物理下行控制信道DCI中包括的系统消息指示为1;The cyclic redundancy code CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the physical downlink control channel PDCCH of the SI-RNTI, and the system message indication included in the physical downlink control channel DCI in the PDCCH is 1;
CRC扰码为系统信息无线网络设备临时标识SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH且PDSCH中包括非SIB1的其他SIB;The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of the system information wireless network device temporarily identifying the SI-RNTI, and the PDSCH includes other SIBs other than SIB1;
CRC扰码为随机接入无线网络设备临时标识RA-RNTI、MsgB-RNTI、寻呼无线网络设备临时标识P-RNTI或临时小区无线网络设备临时标识TC-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH;The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of the random access wireless network equipment temporary identifier RA-RNTI, MsgB-RNTI, the paging wireless network equipment temporary identifier P-RNTI or the temporary cell wireless network equipment temporary identifier TC-RNTI;
CRC扰码为小区无线网络设备临时标识C-RNTI、调制编码方案无线网络设备临时标识MCS-C-RNTI或配置调度无线网络设备临时标识CS-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH;以及,The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the cell wireless network equipment temporary identifier C-RNTI, the modulation and coding scheme wireless network equipment temporary identifier MCS-C-RNTI, or the PDCCH scheduling of the configuration scheduling wireless network equipment temporary identifier CS-RNTI; and,
半持续调度SPS PDSCH。Semi-persistent scheduling SPS PDSCH.
与上述至少一个应用于终端设备的实施例的方法相对应地,本申请实施例还提供一种或多种终端设备。本申请实施例的终端设备可以实施上述方法中的任意一种实现方式。如图8所示,为本发明实施例中终端设备的另一个实施例示意图,终端设备以手机为例进行说明,可以包括:射频(radio frequency,RF)电路810、存储器820、输入单元830、显示单元840、传感器850、音频电路860、无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)模块870、处理器880、以及电源890等部件。其中,射频电路810包括接收器814和发送器812。本领域技术人员可以理解,图8中示出的手机结构并不构成对手机的限定,可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。Corresponding to the above at least one method applied to the embodiment of the terminal device, the embodiment of the present application further provides one or more terminal devices. The terminal device in this embodiment of the present application may implement any one of the foregoing methods. As shown in FIG. 8, it is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of the terminal device in the embodiment of the present invention. The terminal device is described by taking a mobile phone as an example, and may include: a radio frequency (RF) circuit 810, a memory 820, an input unit 830, A display unit 840, a sensor 850, an audio circuit 860, a wireless fidelity (WiFi) module 870, a processor 880, a power supply 890 and other components. The radio frequency circuit 810 includes a receiver 814 and a transmitter 812 . Those skilled in the art can understand that the structure of the mobile phone shown in FIG. 8 does not constitute a limitation on the mobile phone, and may include more or less components than the one shown, or combine some components, or arrange different components.
下面结合图8对手机的各个构成部件进行具体的介绍:The following is a detailed introduction to each component of the mobile phone with reference to Figure 8:
RF电路810可用于收发信息或通话过程中,信号的接收和发送,特别地,将基站的下行信息接收后,给处理器880处理;另外,将设计上行的数据发送给基站。通常,RF电路810包括但不限于天线、至少一个放大器、收发信机、耦合器、低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)、双工器等。此外,RF电路810还可以通过无线通信与网络和其他设备通信。上述无线通信可以使用任一通信标准或协议,包括但不限于全球移动通讯系统(global system of mobile communication,GSM)、通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service,GPRS)、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)、电子邮件、短消息服务(short messaging service,SMS)等。The RF circuit 810 can be used for receiving and sending signals during sending and receiving of information or during a call. In particular, after receiving the downlink information of the base station, it is processed by the processor 880; in addition, the designed uplink data is sent to the base station. Typically, RF circuitry 810 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low noise amplifier (LNA), a duplexer, and the like. In addition, RF circuitry 810 may also communicate with networks and other devices via wireless communication. The above-mentioned wireless communication can use any communication standard or protocol, including but not limited to the global system of mobile communication (global system of mobile communication, GSM), general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), code division multiple access (code division multiple access) multiple access, CDMA), wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE), email, short message service (short messaging service, SMS) and so on.
存储器820可用于存储软件程序以及模块,处理器880通过运行存储在存储器820的软件程序以及模块,从而执行手机的各种功能应用以及数据处理。存储器820可主要包括存储程序区和存储数据区,其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)等;存储数据区可存储根据手机的使用所创建的数据(比如音频数据、电话本等)等。此外,存储器820可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件、闪存器件、或其他易失性固态存储器件。The memory 820 can be used to store software programs and modules, and the processor 880 executes various functional applications and data processing of the mobile phone by running the software programs and modules stored in the memory 820 . The memory 820 may mainly include a stored program area and a stored data area, wherein the stored program area may store an operating system, an application program required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.), etc.; Data created by the use of the mobile phone (such as audio data, phone book, etc.), etc. Additionally, memory 820 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, or other volatile solid state storage device.
输入单元830可用于接收输入的数字或字符信息,以及产生与手机的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。具体地,输入单元830可包括触控面板831以及其他输入设备832。触控面板831,也称为触摸屏,可收集用户在其上或附近的触摸操作(比如用户使用手指、触笔等任何适合的物体或附件在触控面板831上或在触控面板831附近的操作),并根据预先设定的程式驱动相应的连接装置。可选的,触控面板831可包括触摸检测装置和触摸控制器两个部分。其中,触摸检测装置检测用户的触摸方位,并检测触摸操作带来的信号,将信号传送给触摸控制器;触摸控制器从触摸检测装置上接收触摸信息,并将它转换成触点坐标,再送给处理器880,并能接收处理器880发来的命令并加以执行。此外,可以采用电阻式、电容式、红外线以及表面声波等多种类型实现触控面板831。除了触控面板831,输入单元830还可以包括其他输入设备832。具体地,其他输入设备832可以包括但不限于物理键盘、功能键(比如音量控制按键、开关按键等)、轨迹球、鼠标、操作杆等中的一种或多种。The input unit 830 may be used for receiving inputted numerical or character information, and generating key signal input related to user setting and function control of the mobile phone. Specifically, the input unit 830 may include a touch panel 831 and other input devices 832 . The touch panel 831, also referred to as a touch screen, can collect touch operations by the user on or near it (such as the user's finger, stylus, etc., any suitable object or accessory on or near the touch panel 831). operation), and drive the corresponding connection device according to the preset program. Optionally, the touch panel 831 may include two parts, a touch detection device and a touch controller. Among them, the touch detection device detects the user's touch orientation, detects the signal brought by the touch operation, and transmits the signal to the touch controller; the touch controller receives the touch information from the touch detection device, converts it into contact coordinates, and then sends it to the touch controller. To the processor 880, and can receive the command sent by the processor 880 and execute it. In addition, the touch panel 831 can be implemented in various types such as resistive, capacitive, infrared, and surface acoustic waves. Besides the touch panel 831 , the input unit 830 may further include other input devices 832 . Specifically, other input devices 832 may include, but are not limited to, one or more of physical keyboards, function keys (such as volume control keys, switch keys, etc.), trackballs, mice, joysticks, and the like.
显示单元840可用于显示由用户输入的信息或提供给用户的信息以及手机的各种菜单。显示单元840可包括显示面板841,可选的,可以采用液晶显示器(liquid crystal display,LCD)、有机发光二极管(organic light-Emitting diode,OLED)等形式来配置显示面板841。进一步的,触控面板831可覆盖显示面板841,当触控面板831检测到在其上或附近的触摸操作后,传送给处理器880以确定触摸事件的类型,随后处理器880根据触摸事件的类型在显示面板841上提供相应的视觉输出。虽然在图8中,触控面板831与显示面板841是作为两个独立的部件来实现手机的输入和输入功能,但是在某些实施例中,可以将触控面板831与显示面板841集成而实现手机的输入和输出功能。The display unit 840 may be used to display information input by the user or information provided to the user and various menus of the mobile phone. The display unit 840 may include a display panel 841. Optionally, the display panel 841 may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), or the like. Further, the touch panel 831 can cover the display panel 841, and when the touch panel 831 detects a touch operation on or near it, it transmits it to the processor 880 to determine the type of the touch event, and then the processor 880 determines the type of the touch event according to the touch event. Type provides corresponding visual output on display panel 841 . Although in FIG. 8, the touch panel 831 and the display panel 841 are used as two independent components to realize the input and input functions of the mobile phone, in some embodiments, the touch panel 831 and the display panel 841 can be integrated to form Realize the input and output functions of the mobile phone.
手机还可包括至少一种传感器850,比如光传感器、运动传感器以及其他传感器。具体地,光传感器可包括环境光传感器及接近传感器,其中,环境光传感器可根据环境光线的明暗来调节显示面板841的亮度,接近传感器可在手机移动到耳边时,关闭显示面板841和/或背光。作为运动传感器的一种,加速计传感器可检测各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小,静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向,可用于识别手机姿态的应用(比如横竖屏切换、相关游戏、磁力计姿态校准)、振动识别相关功能(比如计步器、敲击)等;至于手机还可配置的陀螺仪、气压计、湿度计、温度计、红外线传感器等其他传感器,在此不再赘述。The cell phone may also include at least one sensor 850, such as a light sensor, a motion sensor, and other sensors. Specifically, the light sensor may include an ambient light sensor and a proximity sensor, wherein the ambient light sensor may adjust the brightness of the display panel 841 according to the brightness of the ambient light, and the proximity sensor may turn off the display panel 841 and/or when the mobile phone is moved to the ear. or backlight. As a kind of motion sensor, the accelerometer sensor can detect the magnitude of acceleration in all directions (usually three axes), and can detect the magnitude and direction of gravity when it is stationary. games, magnetometer attitude calibration), vibration recognition related functions (such as pedometer, tapping), etc.; as for other sensors such as gyroscope, barometer, hygrometer, thermometer, infrared sensor, etc. Repeat.
音频电路860、扬声器861,传声器862可提供用户与手机之间的音频接口。音频电路860可将接收到的音频数据转换后的电信号,传输到扬声器861,由扬声器861转换为声音信号输出;另一方面,传声器862将收集的声音信号转换为电信号,由音频电路860接收后转换为音频数据,再将音频数据输出处理器880处理后,经RF电路810以发送给比如另一手机,或者将音频数据输出至存储器820以便进一步处理。The audio circuit 860, the speaker 861, and the microphone 862 can provide an audio interface between the user and the mobile phone. The audio circuit 860 can transmit the received audio data converted electrical signals to the speaker 861, and the speaker 861 converts them into sound signals for output; on the other hand, the microphone 862 converts the collected sound signals into electrical signals, and the audio circuit 860 converts the collected sound signals into electrical signals. After receiving, it is converted into audio data, and then the audio data is output to the processor 880 for processing, and then sent to, for example, another mobile phone through the RF circuit 810, or the audio data is output to the memory 820 for further processing.
WiFi属于短距离无线传输技术,手机通过WiFi模块870可以帮助用户收发电子邮件、浏览网页和访问流式媒体等,它为用户提供了无线的宽带互联网访问。虽然图8示出了WiFi模块870,但是可以理解的是,其并不属于手机的必须构成,完全可以根据需要在不改变发明的本质的范围内而省略。WiFi is a short-distance wireless transmission technology. The mobile phone can help users to send and receive emails, browse web pages, and access streaming media through the WiFi module 870. It provides users with wireless broadband Internet access. Although FIG. 8 shows the WiFi module 870, it can be understood that it is not a necessary component of the mobile phone, and can be completely omitted as required within the scope of not changing the essence of the invention.
处理器880是手机的控制中心,利用各种接口和线路连接整个手机的各个部分,通过运行或执行存储在存储器820内的软件程序和/或模块,以及调用存储在存储器820内的数据,执行手机的各种功能和处理数据,从而对手机进行整体监控。可选的,处理器880可包括一个或多个处理单元;优选的,处理器880可集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器,其中,应用处理器主要处理操作系统、用户界面和应用程序等,调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信。可以理解的是,上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器880中。The processor 880 is the control center of the mobile phone, using various interfaces and lines to connect various parts of the entire mobile phone, by running or executing the software programs and/or modules stored in the memory 820, and calling the data stored in the memory 820. Various functions of the mobile phone and processing data, so as to monitor the mobile phone as a whole. Optionally, the processor 880 may include one or more processing units; preferably, the processor 880 may integrate an application processor and a modem processor, wherein the application processor mainly processes the operating system, user interface, and application programs, etc. , the modem processor mainly deals with wireless communication. It can be understood that, the above-mentioned modulation and demodulation processor may not be integrated into the processor 880.
手机还包括给各个部件供电的电源890(比如电池),优选的,电源可以通过电源管理系统与处理器880逻辑相连,从而通过电源管理系统实现管理充电、放电、以及功耗管理等功能。尽管未示出,手机还可以包括摄像头、蓝牙模块等,在此不再赘述。The mobile phone also includes a power supply 890 (such as a battery) for supplying power to various components. Preferably, the power supply can be logically connected to the processor 880 through a power management system, so as to manage charging, discharging, and power consumption management functions through the power management system. Although not shown, the mobile phone may also include a camera, a Bluetooth module, and the like, which will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,在本发明实施例中,RF电路810,用于接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示同步信号块SSB的频域位置,和/或,SSB对应的覆盖小区。It should be noted that, in this embodiment of the present invention, the RF circuit 810 is configured to receive the first indication information sent by the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain position of the synchronization signal block SSB, and/or the SSB corresponds to coverage area.
可选的,处理器880,用于根据第一指示信息确定SSB的频域位置,和/或,SSB对应的覆盖小区。Optionally, the processor 880 is configured to determine the frequency domain location of the SSB and/or the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB according to the first indication information.
可选的,第一指示信息用于指示SSB的至少两个频域位置。Optionally, the first indication information is used to indicate at least two frequency domain positions of the SSB.
可选的,SSB的频域位置包括以下至少一种:Optionally, the frequency domain location of the SSB includes at least one of the following:
SSB传输的同步栅格的编号;The number of the sync grid transmitted by the SSB;
SSB传输的带宽部分BWP的标识ID;The identification ID of the bandwidth part BWP of the SSB transmission;
SSB在SSB传输的BWP中的频域位置;The frequency domain location of the SSB in the BWP transmitted by the SSB;
SSB传输的资源块RB集合的ID;以及,The ID of the resource block RB set for SSB transmission; and,
SSB在SSB传输的RB集合中的频域位置。The frequency domain location of the SSB in the set of RBs transmitted by the SSB.
可选的,SSB在SSB传输的BWP中的频域位置,包括以下至少一种:Optionally, the frequency domain position of the SSB in the BWP transmitted by the SSB includes at least one of the following:
SSB传输的第一个RB在BWP中的RB编号;The RB number in the BWP of the first RB transmitted by SSB;
SSB传输的第一个RB与BWP中的第一个RB之间的频域偏移;The frequency domain offset between the first RB of the SSB transmission and the first RB in the BWP;
SSB传输的同步栅格在BWP包括的同步栅格中的位置;以及,The location of the sync grid transmitted by the SSB in the sync grid included in the BWP; and,
SSB传输的同步栅格在BWP包括的同步栅格中的同步栅格编号。The sync cell number of the sync cell transmitted by the SSB in the sync cell included in the BWP.
可选的,SSB对应的覆盖小区包括以下至少一种:Optionally, the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB includes at least one of the following:
SSB对应的覆盖小区的ID;The ID of the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB;
SSB对应的覆盖小区与BWP的关联关系;以及,The association relationship between the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB and the BWP; and,
SSB对应的覆盖小区的ID与BWP的ID的关联关系。The association relationship between the ID of the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB and the ID of the BWP.
可选的,第一指示信息用于指示以下至少一种:Optionally, the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与至少一个SSB传输的同步栅格的编号的关联关系;The association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the number of the synchronization grid transmitted by the at least one SSB;
SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与至少一个SSB传输的BWP的ID的关联关系;The association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the ID of the BWP transmitted by at least one SSB;
SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与至少一个SSB在至少一个SSB传输的BWP中的频域位置的关联关系;An association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the frequency domain position of the at least one SSB in the BWP transmitted by the at least one SSB;
SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与至少一个SSB对应的SSB类型的关联关系,其中,SSB类型包括定义小区的SSB和不定义小区的SSB;An association relationship between an index of at least one SSB in the SSB and an SSB type corresponding to the at least one SSB, wherein the SSB type includes an SSB that defines a cell and an SSB that does not define a cell;
SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与至少一个SSB传输的RB集合的ID的关联关系;The association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the ID of the RB set transmitted by at least one SSB;
SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与至少一个SSB在至少一个SSB传输的RB集合中的频域位置的关联关系;The association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the frequency domain position of the at least one SSB in the RB set transmitted by the at least one SSB;
SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与至少一个SSB对应的至少一个覆盖小区的ID的关联关系;An association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the ID of at least one coverage cell corresponding to the at least one SSB;
至少一个覆盖小区的ID与至少一个BWP的ID的关联关系,其中,至少一个覆盖小区与至少一个BWP对应相同的SSB;The association relationship between the ID of at least one coverage cell and the ID of at least one BWP, wherein at least one coverage cell and at least one BWP correspond to the same SSB;
以及,以下至少两者之间的关联关系:至少一个覆盖小区的ID、至少一个BWP的ID、至少一个SSB索引。And, an association relationship between at least two of the following: an ID of at least one coverage cell, an ID of at least one BWP, and at least one SSB index.
可选的,第一指示信息用于确定定义小区的SSB位于一个频域位置;或,第一指示信息用于确定定义小区的至少两个SSB位于不同的频域位置。Optionally, the first indication information is used to determine that the SSB defining the cell is located at one frequency domain location; or, the first indication information is used to determine that the at least two SSBs defining the cell are located at different frequency domain locations.
可选的,RF电路810,具体用于通过物理广播信道PBCH、系统消息或高层参数接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息。Optionally, the RF circuit 810 is specifically configured to receive the first indication information sent by the network device through a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a system message or a high layer parameter.
可选的,系统消息包括以下至少一种:主消息块MIB、系统消息块一SIB1、非SIB1的其他SIB。Optionally, the system message includes at least one of the following: a main message block MIB, a system message block one SIB1, and other SIBs other than SIB1.
可选的,SSB包括至少一个传输机会中的SSB,第一指示信息用于指示SSB的频域位置,包括:第一指示信息用于指示至少一个传输机会中至少一个传输的SSB的频域位置;或者,第一指示信息用于指示至少一个传输机会中至少一个未传输的SSB的频域位置。Optionally, the SSB includes an SSB in at least one transmission opportunity, and the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain location of the SSB, including: the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain location of at least one transmitted SSB in the at least one transmission opportunity or, the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain position of at least one untransmitted SSB in the at least one transmission opportunity.
可选的,SSB中传输的SSB索引相同的SSB具有相同的准共站QCL关系。Optionally, SSBs with the same SSB index transmitted in the SSB have the same quasi-co-sited QCL relationship.
可选的,第一指示信息还用于指示SSB的时域位置。Optionally, the first indication information is further used to indicate the time domain position of the SSB.
可选的,处理器880,还用于根据第一指示信息确定激活BWP上传输的SSB的第一SSB位置。Optionally, the processor 880 is further configured to determine, according to the first indication information, a first SSB location for activating the SSB transmitted on the BWP.
可选的,RF电路810,还用于在激活BWP上根据第一SSB位置接收网络设备发送的第一物理下行共享信道PDSCH;Optionally, the RF circuit 810 is further configured to receive, on the activated BWP, the first physical downlink shared channel PDSCH sent by the network device according to the first SSB position;
处理器880,还用于在第一SSB位置包括的RB与第一PDSCH包括的RB有重叠的情况下,确定重叠的RB对应的资源不用于第一PDSCH传输,第一PDSCH包括以下至少一种情况:The processor 880 is further configured to, when the RB included in the first SSB location overlaps with the RB included in the first PDSCH, determine that the resource corresponding to the overlapping RB is not used for the first PDSCH transmission, and the first PDSCH includes at least one of the following condition:
循环冗余编码CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的物理下行控制信道PDCCH调度的PDSCH且PDCCH中的物理下行控制信道DCI中包括的系统消息指示为1;The cyclic redundancy code CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the physical downlink control channel PDCCH of the SI-RNTI, and the system message indication included in the physical downlink control channel DCI in the PDCCH is 1;
CRC扰码为系统信息无线网络设备临时标识SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH且PDSCH中包括非SIB1的其他SIB;The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of the system information wireless network device temporarily identifying the SI-RNTI, and the PDSCH includes other SIBs other than SIB1;
CRC扰码为随机接入无线网络设备临时标识RA-RNTI、MsgB-RNTI、寻呼无线网络设备临时标识P-RNTI或临时小区无线网络设备临时标识TC-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH;The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of the random access wireless network equipment temporary identifier RA-RNTI, MsgB-RNTI, the paging wireless network equipment temporary identifier P-RNTI or the temporary cell wireless network equipment temporary identifier TC-RNTI;
CRC扰码为小区无线网络设备临时标识C-RNTI、调制编码方案无线网络设备临时标识MCS-C-RNTI或配置调度无线网络设备临时标识CS-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH;以及,The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the cell wireless network equipment temporary identifier C-RNTI, the modulation and coding scheme wireless network equipment temporary identifier MCS-C-RNTI, or the PDCCH scheduling of the configuration scheduling wireless network equipment temporary identifier CS-RNTI; and,
半持续调度SPS PDSCH。Semi-persistent scheduling SPS PDSCH.
可选的,RF电路810,还用于在终端设备通过PBCH或MIB接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,终端设备收到CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的第一PDSCH且PDCCH中的DCI中包括的系统消息指示为0,或,收到CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的第一PDSCH且第一PDSCH中包括SIB1的情况下,根据第一SSB位置接收第一PDSCH;Optionally, the RF circuit 810 is further configured to receive, at the terminal device, the first indication information sent by the network device through the PBCH or MIB, and the terminal device receives the first PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH whose CRC scrambling code is SI-RNTI and the The system message indication included in the DCI is 0, or, when the first PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH whose CRC scrambling code is SI-RNTI is received and the first PDSCH includes SIB1, the first PDSCH is received according to the first SSB position;
处理器880,还用于在第一SSB位置包括的RB与第一PDSCH包括的RB有重叠的情况下,确定重叠的RB对应的资源不用于第一PDSCH传输。The processor 880 is further configured to, in a case where the RB included in the first SSB location overlaps with the RB included in the first PDSCH, determine that the resource corresponding to the overlapping RB is not used for the first PDSCH transmission.
可选的,处理器880,还用于在终端设备收到CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的第一PDSCH且PDCCH中的DCI中包括的系统消息指示为0,或,收到CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的第一PDSCH且第一PDSCH中包括SIB1的情况下,确定第一PDSCH包括的资源单元RE中没有RE用于SSB传输。Optionally, the processor 880 is further configured to, when the terminal device receives the first PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH whose CRC scrambling code is SI-RNTI and the system message indication included in the DCI in the PDCCH is 0, or receives the CRC scrambling code. When the code is the first PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of SI-RNTI and the first PDSCH includes SIB1, it is determined that no REs in the resource element REs included in the first PDSCH are used for SSB transmission.
可选的,第一PDSCH中包括第一指示信息。Optionally, the first PDSCH includes first indication information.
与上述至少一个应用于网络设备的实施例的方法相对应地,本申请实施例还提供一种或多种网络设备。本申请实施例的网络设备可以实施上述方法中的任意一种实现方式。如图9所示,为本发明实施例中网络设备的另一个实施例示意图,可以包括:Corresponding to the above-mentioned at least one method applied to the embodiment of the network device, the embodiment of the present application further provides one or more network devices. The network device in this embodiment of the present application may implement any one of the foregoing methods. As shown in FIG. 9, it is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a network device in an embodiment of the present invention, which may include:
存储器901和发送器902,存储器901用于可执行程序代码;a memory 901 and a transmitter 902, the memory 901 is used for executable program codes;
发送器902,用于向终端设备发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示同步信号块SSB的频域位置,和/或,SSB对应的覆盖小区。The transmitter 902 is configured to send first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain location of the synchronization signal block SSB, and/or the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB.
可选的,第一指示信息用于指示SSB的至少两个频域位置。Optionally, the first indication information is used to indicate at least two frequency domain positions of the SSB.
可选的,SSB的频域位置包括以下至少一种:Optionally, the frequency domain location of the SSB includes at least one of the following:
SSB传输的同步栅格的编号;The number of the sync grid transmitted by the SSB;
SSB传输的带宽部分BWP的标识ID;The identification ID of the bandwidth part BWP of the SSB transmission;
SSB在SSB传输的BWP中的频域位置;The frequency domain location of the SSB in the BWP transmitted by the SSB;
SSB传输的资源块RB集合的ID;以及,The ID of the resource block RB set for SSB transmission; and,
SSB在SSB传输的RB集合中的频域位置。The frequency domain location of the SSB in the set of RBs transmitted by the SSB.
可选的,SSB在SSB传输的BWP中的频域位置,包括以下至少一种:Optionally, the frequency domain position of the SSB in the BWP transmitted by the SSB includes at least one of the following:
SSB传输的第一个RB在BWP中的RB编号;The RB number in the BWP of the first RB transmitted by SSB;
SSB传输的第一个RB与BWP中的第一个RB之间的频域偏移;The frequency domain offset between the first RB of the SSB transmission and the first RB in the BWP;
SSB传输的同步栅格在BWP包括的同步栅格中的位置;以及,The location of the sync grid transmitted by the SSB in the sync grid included in the BWP; and,
SSB传输的同步栅格在BWP包括的同步栅格中的同步栅格编号。The sync cell number of the sync cell transmitted by the SSB in the sync cell included in the BWP.
可选的,SSB对应的覆盖小区包括以下至少一种:Optionally, the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB includes at least one of the following:
SSB对应的覆盖小区的ID;The ID of the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB;
SSB对应的覆盖小区与BWP的关联关系;以及,The association relationship between the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB and the BWP; and,
SSB对应的覆盖小区的ID与BWP的ID的关联关系。The association relationship between the ID of the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB and the ID of the BWP.
可选的,第一指示信息用于指示以下至少一种:Optionally, the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与至少一个SSB传输的同步栅格的编号的关联关系;The association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the number of the synchronization grid transmitted by the at least one SSB;
SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与至少一个SSB传输的BWP的ID的关联关系;The association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the ID of the BWP transmitted by at least one SSB;
SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与至少一个SSB在至少一个SSB传输的BWP中的频域位置的关联关系;An association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the frequency domain position of the at least one SSB in the BWP transmitted by the at least one SSB;
SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与至少一个SSB对应的SSB类型的关联关系,其中,SSB类型包括定义小区的SSB和不定义小区的SSB;An association relationship between an index of at least one SSB in the SSB and an SSB type corresponding to the at least one SSB, wherein the SSB type includes an SSB that defines a cell and an SSB that does not define a cell;
SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与至少一个SSB传输的RB集合的ID的关联关系;The association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the ID of the RB set transmitted by at least one SSB;
SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与至少一个SSB在至少一个SSB传输的RB集合中的频域位置的关联关系;The association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the frequency domain position of the at least one SSB in the RB set transmitted by the at least one SSB;
SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与至少一个SSB对应的至少一个覆盖小区的ID的关联关系;An association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the ID of at least one coverage cell corresponding to the at least one SSB;
至少一个覆盖小区的ID与至少一个BWP的ID的关联关系,其中,至少一个覆盖小区与至少一个BWP对应相同的SSB;The association relationship between the ID of at least one coverage cell and the ID of at least one BWP, wherein at least one coverage cell and at least one BWP correspond to the same SSB;
以及,以下至少两者之间的关联关系:至少一个覆盖小区的ID、至少一个BWP的ID、至少一个SSB索引。And, an association relationship between at least two of the following: an ID of at least one coverage cell, an ID of at least one BWP, and at least one SSB index.
可选的,第一指示信息用于确定定义小区的SSB位于一个频域位置;或,第一指示信息用于确定定义小区的至少两个SSB位于不同的频域位置。Optionally, the first indication information is used to determine that the SSB defining the cell is located at one frequency domain location; or, the first indication information is used to determine that the at least two SSBs defining the cell are located at different frequency domain locations.
可选的,发送器902,具体用于通过物理广播信道PBCH、系统消息或高层参数向终端设备发送第一指示信息。Optionally, the transmitter 902 is specifically configured to send the first indication information to the terminal device through a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a system message or a high layer parameter.
可选的,系统消息包括以下至少一种:主消息块MIB、系统消息块一SIB1、非SIB1的其他SIB。Optionally, the system message includes at least one of the following: a main message block MIB, a system message block one SIB1, and other SIBs other than SIB1.
可选的,SSB包括至少一个传输机会中的SSB,第一指示信息用于指示SSB的频域位置,包括:第一指示信息用于指示至少一个传输机会中至少一个传输的SSB的频域位置;或者,第一指示信息用于指示至少一个传输机会中至少一个未传输的SSB的频域位置。Optionally, the SSB includes an SSB in at least one transmission opportunity, and the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain location of the SSB, including: the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain location of at least one transmitted SSB in the at least one transmission opportunity or, the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain position of at least one untransmitted SSB in the at least one transmission opportunity.
可选的,SSB中传输的SSB索引相同的SSB具有相同的准共站QCL关系。Optionally, SSBs with the same SSB index transmitted in the SSB have the same quasi-co-sited QCL relationship.
可选的,第一指示信息还用于指示SSB的时域位置。Optionally, the first indication information is further used to indicate the time domain position of the SSB.
可选的,第一指示信息还用于终端设备确定激活BWP上传输的SSB的第一SSB位置。Optionally, the first indication information is further used by the terminal device to determine the location of the first SSB for activating the SSB transmitted on the BWP.
可选的,发送器902,还用于在激活BWP上根据第一SSB位置发送第一物理下行共享信道PDSCH,其中,第一PDSCH用于在第一SSB位置包括的RB与第一PDSCH包括的RB有重叠的情况下,终端设备确定重叠的RB对应的资源不用于第一PDSCH传输,第一PDSCH包括以下至少一种情况:Optionally, the transmitter 902 is further configured to send the first physical downlink shared channel PDSCH according to the first SSB position on the activated BWP, wherein the first PDSCH is used for the RB included in the first SSB position and the first PDSCH included. In the case of overlapping RBs, the terminal device determines that the resources corresponding to the overlapping RBs are not used for the first PDSCH transmission, and the first PDSCH includes at least one of the following situations:
循环冗余编码CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的物理下行控制信道PDCCH调度的PDSCH且PDCCH中的物理下行控制信道DCI中包括的系统消息指示为1;The cyclic redundancy code CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the physical downlink control channel PDCCH of the SI-RNTI, and the system message indication included in the physical downlink control channel DCI in the PDCCH is 1;
CRC扰码为系统信息无线网络设备临时标识SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH且PDSCH中包括非SIB1的其他SIB;The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of the system information wireless network device temporarily identifying the SI-RNTI, and the PDSCH includes other SIBs other than SIB1;
CRC扰码为随机接入无线网络设备临时标识RA-RNTI、MsgB-RNTI、寻呼无线网络设备临时标识P-RNTI或临时小区无线网络设备临时标识TC-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH;The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of the random access wireless network equipment temporary identifier RA-RNTI, MsgB-RNTI, the paging wireless network equipment temporary identifier P-RNTI or the temporary cell wireless network equipment temporary identifier TC-RNTI;
CRC扰码为小区无线网络设备临时标识C-RNTI、调制编码方案无线网络设备临时标识MCS-C-RNTI或配置调度无线网络设备临时标识CS-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH;以及,The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the cell wireless network equipment temporary identifier C-RNTI, the modulation and coding scheme wireless network equipment temporary identifier MCS-C-RNTI, or the PDCCH scheduling of the configuration scheduling wireless network equipment temporary identifier CS-RNTI; and,
半持续调度SPS PDSCH。Semi-persistent scheduling SPS PDSCH.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指 令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本发明实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存储的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘Solid State Disk(SSD))等。In the above-mentioned embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present invention are generated. The computer may be a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be downloaded from a website site, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center is by wire (eg, coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be stored by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc., which includes one or more available media integrated. The usable media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media (eg, Solid State Disk (SSD)), and the like.
本发明的说明书和权利要求书及上述附图中的术语“第一”、“第二”、“第三”、“第四”等(如果存在)是用于区别类似的对象,而不必用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使用的数据在适当情况下可以互换,以便这里描述的实施例能够以除了在这里图示或描述的内容以外的顺序实施。此外,术语“包括”和“具有”以及他们的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含,例如,包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备不必限于清楚地列出的那些步骤或单元,而是可包括没有清楚地列出的或对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。The terms "first", "second", "third", "fourth", etc. (if present) in the description and claims of the present invention and the above-mentioned drawings are used to distinguish similar objects and are not necessarily used to describe a specific order or sequence. It is to be understood that data so used may be interchanged under appropriate circumstances so that the embodiments described herein can be practiced in sequences other than those illustrated or described herein. Furthermore, the terms "comprising" and "having" and any variations thereof, are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusion, for example, a process, method, system, product or device comprising a series of steps or units is not necessarily limited to those expressly listed Rather, those steps or units may include other steps or units not expressly listed or inherent to these processes, methods, products or devices.

Claims (97)

  1. 一种无线通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A wireless communication method, comprising:
    终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示同步信号块SSB的频域位置,和/或,所述SSB对应的覆盖小区。The terminal device receives the first indication information sent by the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain location of the synchronization signal block SSB, and/or the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备根据所述第一指示信息确定所述SSB的频域位置,和/或,所述SSB对应的覆盖小区。The terminal device determines the frequency domain location of the SSB and/or the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB according to the first indication information.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述SSB的至少两个频域位置。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate at least two frequency domain positions of the SSB.
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述SSB的频域位置包括以下至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the frequency domain position of the SSB includes at least one of the following:
    所述SSB传输的同步栅格的编号;the number of the synchronization grid transmitted by the SSB;
    所述SSB传输的带宽部分BWP的标识ID;The identification ID of the bandwidth part BWP transmitted by the SSB;
    所述SSB在所述SSB传输的BWP中的频域位置;the frequency domain position of the SSB in the BWP transmitted by the SSB;
    所述SSB传输的资源块RB集合的ID;以及,the ID of the resource block RB set transmitted by the SSB; and,
    所述SSB在所述SSB传输的RB集合中的频域位置。The frequency domain position of the SSB in the set of RBs transmitted by the SSB.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述SSB在所述SSB传输的BWP中的频域位置,包括以下至少一种:The method according to claim 4, wherein the frequency domain position of the SSB in the BWP transmitted by the SSB includes at least one of the following:
    所述SSB传输的第一个RB在所述BWP中的RB编号;the RB number in the BWP of the first RB transmitted by the SSB;
    所述SSB传输的第一个RB与所述BWP中的第一个RB之间的频域偏移;the frequency domain offset between the first RB transmitted by the SSB and the first RB in the BWP;
    所述SSB传输的同步栅格在所述BWP包括的同步栅格中的位置;以及,the location of the synchronization grid of the SSB transmission in the synchronization grid included in the BWP; and,
    所述SSB传输的同步栅格在所述BWP包括的同步栅格中的同步栅格编号。The synchronization grid number of the synchronization grid transmitted by the SSB in the synchronization grid included in the BWP.
  6. 根据权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述SSB对应的覆盖小区包括以下至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB includes at least one of the following:
    所述SSB对应的覆盖小区的ID;the ID of the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB;
    所述SSB对应的覆盖小区与BWP的关联关系;以及,The association relationship between the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB and the BWP; and,
    所述SSB对应的覆盖小区的ID与所述BWP的ID的关联关系。The association relationship between the ID of the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB and the ID of the BWP.
  7. 根据权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB传输的同步栅格的编号的关联关系;an association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the number of the synchronization grid transmitted by the at least one SSB;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB传输的BWP的ID的关联关系;The association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the ID of the BWP transmitted by the at least one SSB;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB在所述至少一个SSB传输的BWP中的频域位置的关联关系;an association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the frequency domain position of the at least one SSB in the BWP transmitted by the at least one SSB;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB对应的SSB类型的关联关系,其中,所述SSB类型包括定义小区的SSB和不定义小区的SSB;An association relationship between an index of at least one SSB in the SSB and an SSB type corresponding to the at least one SSB, wherein the SSB type includes an SSB that defines a cell and an SSB that does not define a cell;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB传输的RB集合的ID的关联关系;The association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the ID of the RB set transmitted by the at least one SSB;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB在所述至少一个SSB传输的RB集合中的频域位置的关联关系;an association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the frequency domain position of the at least one SSB in the RB set transmitted by the at least one SSB;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB对应的至少一个覆盖小区的ID的关联关系;an association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the ID of at least one coverage cell corresponding to the at least one SSB;
    至少一个覆盖小区的ID与至少一个BWP的ID的关联关系,其中,所述至少一个覆盖小区与所述至少一个BWP对应相同的SSB;The association relationship between the ID of at least one coverage cell and the ID of at least one BWP, wherein the at least one coverage cell corresponds to the same SSB as the at least one BWP;
    以及,以下至少两者之间的关联关系:至少一个覆盖小区的ID、至少一个BWP的ID、至少一个SSB索引。And, an association relationship between at least two of the following: an ID of at least one coverage cell, an ID of at least one BWP, and at least one SSB index.
  8. 根据权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于确定定义小区的SSB位于一个频域位置;或,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the first indication information is used to determine that the SSB defining the cell is located at a frequency domain position; or,
    所述第一指示信息用于确定所述定义小区的至少两个SSB位于不同的频域位置。The first indication information is used to determine that at least two SSBs of the defined cell are located in different frequency domain positions.
  9. 根据权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the terminal device receives the first indication information sent by the network device, comprising:
    所述终端设备通过物理广播信道PBCH、系统消息或高层参数接收所述网络设备发送的所述第一指示信息。The terminal device receives the first indication information sent by the network device through a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a system message or a high-level parameter.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述系统消息包括以下至少一种:The method according to claim 9, wherein the system message comprises at least one of the following:
    主消息块MIB、系统消息块一SIB1、非SIB1的其他SIB。Main message block MIB, system message block one SIB1, other SIBs other than SIB1.
  11. 根据权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述SSB包括至少一个传输机会中的SSB,所述第一指示信息用于指示SSB的频域位置,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the SSB includes an SSB in at least one transmission opportunity, and the first indication information is used to indicate a frequency domain location of the SSB, including:
    所述第一指示信息用于指示所述至少一个传输机会中至少一个传输的SSB的频域位置;或者,The first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain position of at least one SSB transmitted in the at least one transmission opportunity; or,
    所述第一指示信息用于指示所述至少一个传输机会中至少一个未传输的SSB的频域位置。The first indication information is used to indicate a frequency domain location of at least one untransmitted SSB in the at least one transmission opportunity.
  12. 根据权利要求1至11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述SSB中传输的SSB索引相同的SSB具有相同的准共站QCL关系。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein, SSBs with the same SSB index transmitted in the SSBs have the same quasi-co-sited QCL relationship.
  13. 根据权利要求1至12中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息还用于指示所述SSB的时域位置。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the first indication information is further used to indicate the time domain position of the SSB.
  14. 根据权利要求1至13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备根据所述第一指示信息确定激活BWP上传输的SSB的第一SSB位置。The terminal device determines, according to the first indication information, a first SSB location for activating the SSB transmitted on the BWP.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 14, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备在所述激活BWP上根据所述第一SSB位置接收所述网络设备发送的第一物理下行共享信道PDSCH;receiving, by the terminal device on the activated BWP, the first physical downlink shared channel PDSCH sent by the network device according to the first SSB position;
    在所述第一SSB位置包括的RB与所述第一PDSCH包括的RB有重叠的情况下,所述终端设备确定重叠的RB对应的资源不用于所述第一PDSCH传输,所述第一PDSCH包括以下至少一种情况:In the case where the RB included in the first SSB location overlaps with the RB included in the first PDSCH, the terminal device determines that the resource corresponding to the overlapping RB is not used for the first PDSCH transmission, and the first PDSCH Include at least one of the following:
    循环冗余编码CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的物理下行控制信道PDCCH调度的PDSCH且所述PDCCH中的物理下行控制信道DCI中包括的系统消息指示为1;The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the physical downlink control channel PDCCH of the SI-RNTI, and the system message indication included in the physical downlink control channel DCI in the PDCCH is 1;
    CRC扰码为系统信息无线网络设备临时标识SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH且所述PDSCH中包括非SIB1的其他SIB;The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of the system information wireless network device temporarily identifying the SI-RNTI, and the PDSCH includes other SIBs other than SIB1;
    CRC扰码为随机接入无线网络设备临时标识RA-RNTI、MsgB-RNTI、寻呼无线网络设备临时标识P-RNTI或临时小区无线网络设备临时标识TC-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH;The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of the random access wireless network equipment temporary identifier RA-RNTI, MsgB-RNTI, the paging wireless network equipment temporary identifier P-RNTI or the temporary cell wireless network equipment temporary identifier TC-RNTI;
    CRC扰码为小区无线网络设备临时标识C-RNTI、调制编码方案无线网络设备临时标识MCS-C-RNTI或配置调度无线网络设备临时标识CS-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH;以及,The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the cell wireless network equipment temporary identifier C-RNTI, the modulation and coding scheme wireless network equipment temporary identifier MCS-C-RNTI, or the PDCCH scheduling of the configuration scheduling wireless network equipment temporary identifier CS-RNTI; and,
    半持续调度SPS PDSCH。Semi-persistent scheduling SPS PDSCH.
  16. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 14, wherein the method further comprises:
    在所述终端设备通过PBCH或MIB接收所述网络设备发送的所述第一指示信息,所述终端设备收到CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的第一PDSCH且所述PDCCH中的DCI中包括的系统消息指示为0,或,收到CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的第一PDSCH且所述第一PDSCH中包括SIB1的情况下,所述终端设备根据所述第一SSB位置接收所述第一PDSCH;When the terminal device receives the first indication information sent by the network device through the PBCH or MIB, the terminal device receives the first PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH whose CRC scrambling code is SI-RNTI and the DCI in the PDCCH The system message indication included in the SI-RNTI is 0, or, when the first PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH whose CRC scrambling code is SI-RNTI is received and the first PDSCH includes SIB1, the terminal device according to the first SSB a position to receive the first PDSCH;
    在所述第一SSB位置包括的RB与所述第一PDSCH包括的RB有重叠的情况下,所述终端设备确定重叠的RB对应的资源不用于所述第一PDSCH传输。In a case where the RB included in the first SSB location overlaps with the RB included in the first PDSCH, the terminal device determines that the resource corresponding to the overlapping RB is not used for the first PDSCH transmission.
  17. 根据权利要求1至13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the method further comprises:
    在所述终端设备收到CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的第一PDSCH且所述PDCCH中的DCI中包括的系统消息指示为0,或,收到CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的第一PDSCH且所述第一PDSCH中包括SIB1的情况下,所述终端设备确定所述第一PDSCH包括的资源单元RE中没有RE用于SSB传输。When the terminal equipment receives the first PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH whose CRC scramble code is SI-RNTI and the system message indication included in the DCI in the PDCCH is 0, or receives the PDCCH whose CRC scramble code is SI-RNTI In the case of the scheduled first PDSCH and the first PDSCH includes SIB1, the terminal device determines that no REs in the resource element REs included in the first PDSCH are used for SSB transmission.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一PDSCH中包括所述第一指示信息。The method according to claim 17, wherein the first PDSCH includes the first indication information.
  19. 一种无线通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A wireless communication method, comprising:
    网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示同步信号块SSB的频域位置,和/或,所述SSB对应的覆盖小区。The network device sends first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain location of the synchronization signal block SSB, and/or the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述SSB的至少两个频域位置。The method according to claim 19, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate at least two frequency domain positions of the SSB.
  21. 根据权利要求19或20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述SSB的频域位置包括以下至少一种:The method according to claim 19 or 20, wherein the frequency domain position of the SSB includes at least one of the following:
    所述SSB传输的同步栅格的编号;the number of the synchronization grid transmitted by the SSB;
    所述SSB传输的带宽部分BWP的标识ID;The identification ID of the bandwidth part BWP transmitted by the SSB;
    所述SSB在所述SSB传输的BWP中的频域位置;the frequency domain position of the SSB in the BWP transmitted by the SSB;
    所述SSB传输的资源块RB集合的ID;以及,the ID of the resource block RB set transmitted by the SSB; and,
    所述SSB在所述SSB传输的RB集合中的频域位置。The frequency domain position of the SSB in the set of RBs transmitted by the SSB.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述SSB在所述SSB传输的BWP中的频域位置,包括以下至少一种:The method according to claim 21, wherein the frequency domain position of the SSB in the BWP transmitted by the SSB includes at least one of the following:
    所述SSB传输的第一个RB在所述BWP中的RB编号;the RB number in the BWP of the first RB transmitted by the SSB;
    所述SSB传输的第一个RB与所述BWP中的第一个RB之间的频域偏移;the frequency domain offset between the first RB transmitted by the SSB and the first RB in the BWP;
    所述SSB传输的同步栅格在所述BWP包括的同步栅格中的位置;以及,the location of the synchronization grid of the SSB transmission in the synchronization grid included in the BWP; and,
    所述SSB传输的同步栅格在所述BWP包括的同步栅格中的同步栅格编号。The synchronization grid number of the synchronization grid transmitted by the SSB in the synchronization grid included in the BWP.
  23. 根据权利要求19-22中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述SSB对应的覆盖小区包括以下至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 19-22, wherein the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB includes at least one of the following:
    所述SSB对应的覆盖小区的ID;the ID of the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB;
    所述SSB对应的覆盖小区与BWP的关联关系;以及,The association relationship between the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB and the BWP; and,
    所述SSB对应的覆盖小区的ID与所述BWP的ID的关联关系。The association relationship between the ID of the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB and the ID of the BWP.
  24. 根据权利要求19-23中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 19-23, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB传输的同步栅格的编号的关联关系;an association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the number of the synchronization grid transmitted by the at least one SSB;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB传输的BWP的ID的关联关系;The association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the ID of the BWP transmitted by the at least one SSB;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB在所述至少一个SSB传输的BWP中的频域位置的关联关系;an association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the frequency domain position of the at least one SSB in the BWP transmitted by the at least one SSB;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB对应的SSB类型的关联关系,其中,所述SSB类型包括定义小区的SSB和不定义小区的SSB;An association relationship between an index of at least one SSB in the SSB and an SSB type corresponding to the at least one SSB, wherein the SSB type includes an SSB that defines a cell and an SSB that does not define a cell;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB传输的RB集合的ID的关联关系;The association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the ID of the RB set transmitted by the at least one SSB;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB在所述至少一个SSB传输的RB集合中的频域位置的关联关系;an association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the frequency domain position of the at least one SSB in the RB set transmitted by the at least one SSB;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB对应的至少一个覆盖小区的ID的关联关系;an association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the ID of at least one coverage cell corresponding to the at least one SSB;
    至少一个覆盖小区的ID与至少一个BWP的ID的关联关系,其中,所述至少一个覆盖小区与所述至少一个BWP对应相同的SSB;The association relationship between the ID of at least one coverage cell and the ID of at least one BWP, wherein the at least one coverage cell corresponds to the same SSB as the at least one BWP;
    以及,以下至少两者之间的关联关系:至少一个覆盖小区的ID、至少一个BWP的ID、至少一个SSB索引。And, an association relationship between at least two of the following: an ID of at least one coverage cell, an ID of at least one BWP, and at least one SSB index.
  25. 根据权利要求19-24中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于确定定义小区的SSB位于一个频域位置;或,The method according to any one of claims 19-24, wherein the first indication information is used to determine that the SSB defining the cell is located at a frequency domain location; or,
    所述第一指示信息用于确定所述定义小区的至少两个SSB位于不同的频域位置。The first indication information is used to determine that at least two SSBs of the defined cell are located in different frequency domain positions.
  26. 根据权利要求19-25中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 19-25, wherein the network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device, comprising:
    所述网络设备通过物理广播信道PBCH、系统消息或高层参数向所述终端设备发送所述第一指示信息。The network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device through a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a system message or a high-level parameter.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述系统消息包括以下至少一种:The method according to claim 26, wherein the system message comprises at least one of the following:
    主消息块MIB、系统消息块一SIB1、非SIB1的其他SIB。Main message block MIB, system message block one SIB1, other SIBs other than SIB1.
  28. 根据权利要求19-27中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述SSB包括至少一个传输机会中的SSB,所述第一指示信息用于指示SSB的频域位置,包括:The method according to any one of claims 19-27, wherein the SSB includes an SSB in at least one transmission opportunity, and the first indication information is used to indicate a frequency domain location of the SSB, including:
    所述第一指示信息用于指示所述至少一个传输机会中至少一个传输的SSB的频域位置;或者,The first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain position of at least one SSB transmitted in the at least one transmission opportunity; or,
    所述第一指示信息用于指示所述至少一个传输机会中至少一个未传输的SSB的频域位置。The first indication information is used to indicate a frequency domain location of at least one untransmitted SSB in the at least one transmission opportunity.
  29. 根据权利要求19-28中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述SSB中传输的SSB索引相同的SSB具有相同的准共站QCL关系。The method according to any one of claims 19-28, wherein, SSBs with the same SSB index transmitted in the SSBs have the same quasi-co-sited QCL relationship.
  30. 根据权利要求19-29中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息还用于指示所述SSB的时域位置。The method according to any one of claims 19-29, wherein the first indication information is further used to indicate the time domain position of the SSB.
  31. 根据权利要求19-30中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息还用于所述终端设备确定激活BWP上传输的SSB的第一SSB位置。The method according to any one of claims 19-30, wherein the first indication information is further used for the terminal device to determine the first SSB location of the SSB transmitted on the activated BWP.
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 31, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述网络设备在所述激活BWP上根据所述第一SSB位置发送第一物理下行共享信道PDSCH,其中,所述第一PDSCH用于在所述第一SSB位置包括的RB与所述第一PDSCH包括的RB有重叠的情况下,所述终端设备确定重叠的RB对应的资源不用于所述第一PDSCH传输,所述第一PDSCH包括以下至少一种情况:The network device sends a first physical downlink shared channel PDSCH on the activated BWP according to the first SSB position, wherein the first PDSCH is used for the RB included in the first SSB position to be related to the first In the case where the RBs included in the PDSCH overlap, the terminal device determines that the resources corresponding to the overlapping RBs are not used for the first PDSCH transmission, and the first PDSCH includes at least one of the following situations:
    循环冗余编码CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的物理下行控制信道PDCCH调度的PDSCH且所述PDCCH中的物理 下行控制信道DCI中包括的系统消息指示为1;The cyclic redundancy code CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the physical downlink control channel PDCCH of SI-RNTI and the system message indication included in the physical downlink control channel DCI in the PDCCH is 1;
    CRC扰码为系统信息无线网络设备临时标识SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH且所述PDSCH中包括非SIB1的其他SIB;The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of the system information wireless network device temporarily identifying the SI-RNTI, and the PDSCH includes other SIBs other than SIB1;
    CRC扰码为随机接入无线网络设备临时标识RA-RNTI、MsgB-RNTI、寻呼无线网络设备临时标识P-RNTI或临时小区无线网络设备临时标识TC-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH;The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of the random access wireless network equipment temporary identifier RA-RNTI, MsgB-RNTI, the paging wireless network equipment temporary identifier P-RNTI or the temporary cell wireless network equipment temporary identifier TC-RNTI;
    CRC扰码为小区无线网络设备临时标识C-RNTI、调制编码方案无线网络设备临时标识MCS-C-RNTI或配置调度无线网络设备临时标识CS-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH;以及,The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the cell wireless network equipment temporary identifier C-RNTI, the modulation and coding scheme wireless network equipment temporary identifier MCS-C-RNTI, or the PDCCH scheduling of the configuration scheduling wireless network equipment temporary identifier CS-RNTI; and,
    半持续调度SPS PDSCH。Semi-persistent scheduling SPS PDSCH.
  33. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,包括:A terminal device, characterized in that it includes:
    接收模块,用于接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示同步信号块SSB的频域位置,和/或,所述SSB对应的覆盖小区。A receiving module, configured to receive first indication information sent by the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain location of the synchronization signal block SSB, and/or the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB.
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备还包括:The terminal device according to claim 33, wherein the terminal device further comprises:
    处理模块,用于根据所述第一指示信息确定所述SSB的频域位置,和/或,所述SSB对应的覆盖小区。A processing module, configured to determine the frequency domain location of the SSB and/or the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB according to the first indication information.
  35. 根据权利要求33或34所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述SSB的至少两个频域位置。The terminal device according to claim 33 or 34, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate at least two frequency domain positions of the SSB.
  36. 根据权利要求33至35中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述SSB的频域位置包括以下至少一种:The terminal device according to any one of claims 33 to 35, wherein the frequency domain position of the SSB includes at least one of the following:
    所述SSB传输的同步栅格的编号;the number of the synchronization grid transmitted by the SSB;
    所述SSB传输的带宽部分BWP的标识ID;The identification ID of the bandwidth part BWP transmitted by the SSB;
    所述SSB在所述SSB传输的BWP中的频域位置;the frequency domain position of the SSB in the BWP transmitted by the SSB;
    所述SSB传输的资源块RB集合的ID;以及,the ID of the resource block RB set transmitted by the SSB; and,
    所述SSB在所述SSB传输的RB集合中的频域位置。The frequency domain position of the SSB in the set of RBs transmitted by the SSB.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述SSB在所述SSB传输的BWP中的频域位置,包括以下至少一种:The terminal device according to claim 36, wherein the frequency domain position of the SSB in the BWP transmitted by the SSB includes at least one of the following:
    所述SSB传输的第一个RB在所述BWP中的RB编号;the RB number in the BWP of the first RB transmitted by the SSB;
    所述SSB传输的第一个RB与所述BWP中的第一个RB之间的频域偏移;the frequency domain offset between the first RB transmitted by the SSB and the first RB in the BWP;
    所述SSB传输的同步栅格在所述BWP包括的同步栅格中的位置;以及,the location of the synchronization grid of the SSB transmission in the synchronization grid included in the BWP; and,
    所述SSB传输的同步栅格在所述BWP包括的同步栅格中的同步栅格编号。The synchronization grid number of the synchronization grid transmitted by the SSB in the synchronization grid included in the BWP.
  38. 根据权利要求33至37中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述SSB对应的覆盖小区包括以下至少一种:The terminal device according to any one of claims 33 to 37, wherein the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB includes at least one of the following:
    所述SSB对应的覆盖小区的ID;the ID of the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB;
    所述SSB对应的覆盖小区与BWP的关联关系;以及,The association relationship between the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB and the BWP; and,
    所述SSB对应的覆盖小区的ID与所述BWP的ID的关联关系。The association relationship between the ID of the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB and the ID of the BWP.
  39. 根据权利要求33至38中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下至少一种:The terminal device according to any one of claims 33 to 38, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB传输的同步栅格的编号的关联关系;an association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the number of the synchronization grid transmitted by the at least one SSB;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB传输的BWP的ID的关联关系;The association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the ID of the BWP transmitted by the at least one SSB;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB在所述至少一个SSB传输的BWP中的频域位置的关联关系;an association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the frequency domain position of the at least one SSB in the BWP transmitted by the at least one SSB;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB对应的SSB类型的关联关系,其中,所述SSB类型包括定义小区的SSB和不定义小区的SSB;An association relationship between an index of at least one SSB in the SSB and an SSB type corresponding to the at least one SSB, wherein the SSB type includes an SSB that defines a cell and an SSB that does not define a cell;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB传输的RB集合的ID的关联关系;The association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the ID of the RB set transmitted by the at least one SSB;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB在所述至少一个SSB传输的RB集合中的频域位置的关联关系;an association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the frequency domain position of the at least one SSB in the RB set transmitted by the at least one SSB;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB对应的至少一个覆盖小区的ID的关联关系;an association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the ID of at least one coverage cell corresponding to the at least one SSB;
    至少一个覆盖小区的ID与至少一个BWP的ID的关联关系,其中,所述至少一个覆盖小区与所述至少一个BWP对应相同的SSB;The association relationship between the ID of at least one coverage cell and the ID of at least one BWP, wherein the at least one coverage cell corresponds to the same SSB as the at least one BWP;
    以及,以下至少两者之间的关联关系:至少一个覆盖小区的ID、至少一个BWP的ID、至少一个SSB索引。And, an association relationship between at least two of the following: an ID of at least one coverage cell, an ID of at least one BWP, and at least one SSB index.
  40. 根据权利要求33至39中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于确定定义小区的SSB位于一个频域位置;或,The terminal device according to any one of claims 33 to 39, wherein the first indication information is used to determine that the SSB defining the cell is located in a frequency domain position; or,
    所述第一指示信息用于确定所述定义小区的至少两个SSB位于不同的频域位置。The first indication information is used to determine that at least two SSBs of the defined cell are located in different frequency domain positions.
  41. 根据权利要求33至40中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,The terminal device according to any one of claims 33 to 40, wherein,
    所述接收模块,具体用于通过物理广播信道PBCH、系统消息或高层参数接收所述网络设备发送的所述第一指示信息。The receiving module is specifically configured to receive the first indication information sent by the network device through a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a system message or a high-level parameter.
  42. 根据权利要求41所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述系统消息包括以下至少一种:The terminal device according to claim 41, wherein the system message includes at least one of the following:
    主消息块MIB、系统消息块一SIB1、非SIB1的其他SIB。Main message block MIB, system message block one SIB1, other SIBs other than SIB1.
  43. 根据权利要求33至42中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述SSB包括至少一个传输机会中的SSB,所述第一指示信息用于指示SSB的频域位置,包括:The terminal device according to any one of claims 33 to 42, wherein the SSB includes an SSB in at least one transmission opportunity, and the first indication information is used to indicate a frequency domain location of the SSB, including:
    所述第一指示信息用于指示所述至少一个传输机会中至少一个传输的SSB的频域位置;或者,The first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain position of at least one SSB transmitted in the at least one transmission opportunity; or,
    所述第一指示信息用于指示所述至少一个传输机会中至少一个未传输的SSB的频域位置。The first indication information is used to indicate a frequency domain location of at least one untransmitted SSB in the at least one transmission opportunity.
  44. 根据权利要求33至43中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述SSB中传输的SSB索引相同的SSB具有相同的准共站QCL关系。The terminal device according to any one of claims 33 to 43, wherein, SSBs with the same SSB index transmitted in the SSBs have the same quasi-co-sited QCL relationship.
  45. 根据权利要求33至44中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息还用于指示所述SSB的时域位置。The terminal device according to any one of claims 33 to 44, wherein the first indication information is further used to indicate the time domain position of the SSB.
  46. 根据权利要求33至45中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,The terminal device according to any one of claims 33 to 45, wherein,
    所述处理模块,还用于根据所述第一指示信息确定激活BWP上传输的SSB的第一SSB位置。The processing module is further configured to determine, according to the first indication information, a first SSB location for activating the SSB transmitted on the BWP.
  47. 根据权利要求46所述的终端设备,其特征在于,The terminal device according to claim 46, wherein,
    所述接收模块,还用于在所述激活BWP上根据所述第一SSB位置接收所述网络设备发送的第一物理下行共享信道PDSCH;The receiving module is further configured to receive, on the activated BWP, the first physical downlink shared channel PDSCH sent by the network device according to the first SSB position;
    所述处理模块,还用于在所述第一SSB位置包括的RB与所述第一PDSCH包括的RB有重叠的情况下,确定重叠的RB对应的资源不用于所述第一PDSCH传输,所述第一PDSCH包括以下至少一种情况:The processing module is further configured to, in the case where the RB included in the first SSB location overlaps with the RB included in the first PDSCH, determine that the resource corresponding to the overlapping RB is not used for the first PDSCH transmission, so the The first PDSCH includes at least one of the following situations:
    循环冗余编码CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的物理下行控制信道PDCCH调度的PDSCH且所述PDCCH中的物理下行控制信道DCI中包括的系统消息指示为1;The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the physical downlink control channel PDCCH of the SI-RNTI, and the system message indication included in the physical downlink control channel DCI in the PDCCH is 1;
    CRC扰码为系统信息无线网络设备临时标识SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH且所述PDSCH中包括非SIB1的其他SIB;The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of the system information wireless network device temporarily identifying the SI-RNTI, and the PDSCH includes other SIBs other than SIB1;
    CRC扰码为随机接入无线网络设备临时标识RA-RNTI、MsgB-RNTI、寻呼无线网络设备临时标识P-RNTI或临时小区无线网络设备临时标识TC-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH;The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of the random access wireless network equipment temporary identifier RA-RNTI, MsgB-RNTI, the paging wireless network equipment temporary identifier P-RNTI or the temporary cell wireless network equipment temporary identifier TC-RNTI;
    CRC扰码为小区无线网络设备临时标识C-RNTI、调制编码方案无线网络设备临时标识MCS-C-RNTI或配置调度无线网络设备临时标识CS-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH;以及,The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the cell wireless network equipment temporary identifier C-RNTI, the modulation and coding scheme wireless network equipment temporary identifier MCS-C-RNTI, or the PDCCH scheduling of the configuration scheduling wireless network equipment temporary identifier CS-RNTI; and,
    半持续调度SPS PDSCH。Semi-persistent scheduling SPS PDSCH.
  48. 根据权利要求46所述的终端设备,其特征在于,The terminal device according to claim 46, wherein,
    所述接收模块,还用于在所述终端设备通过PBCH或MIB接收所述网络设备发送的所述第一指示信息,所述终端设备收到CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的第一PDSCH且所述PDCCH中的DCI中包括的系统消息指示为0,或,收到CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的第一PDSCH且所述第一PDSCH中包括SIB1的情况下,根据所述第一SSB位置接收所述第一PDSCH;The receiving module is further configured to receive the first indication information sent by the network device through the PBCH or MIB at the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first indication information scheduled by the PDCCH whose CRC scrambling code is SI-RNTI. PDSCH and the system message indication included in the DCI in the PDCCH is 0, or, when the first PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH whose CRC scrambling code is SI-RNTI is received and the first PDSCH includes SIB1, according to the receiving the first PDSCH at the first SSB location;
    所述处理模块,还用于在所述第一SSB位置包括的RB与所述第一PDSCH包括的RB有重叠的情况下,确定重叠的RB对应的资源不用于所述第一PDSCH传输。The processing module is further configured to, in a case where the RB included in the first SSB position overlaps with the RB included in the first PDSCH, determine that the resource corresponding to the overlapping RB is not used for the first PDSCH transmission.
  49. 根据权利要求33至45中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备还包括:The terminal device according to any one of claims 33 to 45, wherein the terminal device further comprises:
    处理模块,还用于在所述终端设备收到CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的第一PDSCH且所述PDCCH中的DCI中包括的系统消息指示为0,或,收到CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的第一PDSCH且所述第一PDSCH中包括SIB1的情况下,确定所述第一PDSCH包括的资源单元RE中没有RE用于SSB传输。The processing module is further configured to receive the first PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH whose CRC scramble code is SI-RNTI and the system message indication included in the DCI in the PDCCH is 0 when the terminal device receives the CRC scramble code In the case that it is the first PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of the SI-RNTI and the first PDSCH includes SIB1, it is determined that no REs in the resource element REs included in the first PDSCH are used for SSB transmission.
  50. 根据权利要求49所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一PDSCH中包括所述第一指示信息。The terminal device according to claim 49, wherein the first PDSCH includes the first indication information.
  51. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,包括:A network device, characterized in that it includes:
    发送模块,用于向终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示同步信号块SSB的频域位置,和/或,所述SSB对应的覆盖小区。The sending module is configured to send first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain location of the synchronization signal block SSB, and/or the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB.
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述SSB的至少两个频域位置。The network device according to claim 51, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate at least two frequency domain positions of the SSB.
  53. 根据权利要求51或52所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述SSB的频域位置包括以下至少一种:The network device according to claim 51 or 52, wherein the frequency domain location of the SSB includes at least one of the following:
    所述SSB传输的同步栅格的编号;the number of the synchronization grid transmitted by the SSB;
    所述SSB传输的带宽部分BWP的标识ID;The identification ID of the bandwidth part BWP transmitted by the SSB;
    所述SSB在所述SSB传输的BWP中的频域位置;the frequency domain position of the SSB in the BWP transmitted by the SSB;
    所述SSB传输的资源块RB集合的ID;以及,the ID of the resource block RB set transmitted by the SSB; and,
    所述SSB在所述SSB传输的RB集合中的频域位置。The frequency domain position of the SSB in the set of RBs transmitted by the SSB.
  54. 根据权利要求53所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述SSB在所述SSB传输的BWP中的频域位置,包括以下至少一种:The network device according to claim 53, wherein the frequency domain position of the SSB in the BWP transmitted by the SSB includes at least one of the following:
    所述SSB传输的第一个RB在所述BWP中的RB编号;the RB number in the BWP of the first RB transmitted by the SSB;
    所述SSB传输的第一个RB与所述BWP中的第一个RB之间的频域偏移;the frequency domain offset between the first RB transmitted by the SSB and the first RB in the BWP;
    所述SSB传输的同步栅格在所述BWP包括的同步栅格中的位置;以及,the location of the synchronization grid of the SSB transmission in the synchronization grid included in the BWP; and,
    所述SSB传输的同步栅格在所述BWP包括的同步栅格中的同步栅格编号。The synchronization grid number of the synchronization grid transmitted by the SSB in the synchronization grid included in the BWP.
  55. 根据权利要求51-54中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述SSB对应的覆盖小区包括以下至少一种:The network device according to any one of claims 51-54, wherein the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB includes at least one of the following:
    所述SSB对应的覆盖小区的ID;the ID of the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB;
    所述SSB对应的覆盖小区与BWP的关联关系;以及,The association relationship between the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB and the BWP; and,
    所述SSB对应的覆盖小区的ID与所述BWP的ID的关联关系。The association relationship between the ID of the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB and the ID of the BWP.
  56. 根据权利要求51-55中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下至少一种:The network device according to any one of claims 51-55, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB传输的同步栅格的编号的关联关系;an association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the number of the synchronization grid transmitted by the at least one SSB;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB传输的BWP的ID的关联关系;The association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the ID of the BWP transmitted by the at least one SSB;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB在所述至少一个SSB传输的BWP中的频域位置的关联关系;an association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the frequency domain position of the at least one SSB in the BWP transmitted by the at least one SSB;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB对应的SSB类型的关联关系,其中,所述SSB类型包括定义小区的SSB和不定义小区的SSB;An association relationship between an index of at least one SSB in the SSB and an SSB type corresponding to the at least one SSB, wherein the SSB type includes an SSB that defines a cell and an SSB that does not define a cell;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB传输的RB集合的ID的关联关系;The association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the ID of the RB set transmitted by the at least one SSB;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB在所述至少一个SSB传输的RB集合中的频域位置的关联关系;an association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the frequency domain position of the at least one SSB in the RB set transmitted by the at least one SSB;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB对应的至少一个覆盖小区的ID的关联关系;an association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the ID of at least one coverage cell corresponding to the at least one SSB;
    至少一个覆盖小区的ID与至少一个BWP的ID的关联关系,其中,所述至少一个覆盖小区与所述至少一个BWP对应相同的SSB;The association relationship between the ID of at least one coverage cell and the ID of at least one BWP, wherein the at least one coverage cell corresponds to the same SSB as the at least one BWP;
    以及,以下至少两者之间的关联关系:至少一个覆盖小区的ID、至少一个BWP的ID、至少一个SSB索引。And, an association relationship between at least two of the following: an ID of at least one coverage cell, an ID of at least one BWP, and at least one SSB index.
  57. 根据权利要求51-56中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于确定定义小区的SSB位于一个频域位置;或,The network device according to any one of claims 51-56, wherein the first indication information is used to determine that the SSB defining the cell is located at a frequency domain location; or,
    所述第一指示信息用于确定所述定义小区的至少两个SSB位于不同的频域位置。The first indication information is used to determine that at least two SSBs of the defined cell are located in different frequency domain positions.
  58. 根据权利要求51-57中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,The network device according to any one of claims 51-57, characterized in that,
    所述发送模块,具体用于通过物理广播信道PBCH、系统消息或高层参数向所述终端设备发送所述第一指示信息。The sending module is specifically configured to send the first indication information to the terminal device through a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a system message or a high-level parameter.
  59. 根据权利要求58所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述系统消息包括以下至少一种:The network device according to claim 58, wherein the system message includes at least one of the following:
    主消息块MIB、系统消息块一SIB1、非SIB1的其他SIB。Main message block MIB, system message block one SIB1, other SIBs other than SIB1.
  60. 根据权利要求51-59中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述SSB包括至少一个传输机会中的SSB,所述第一指示信息用于指示SSB的频域位置,包括:The network device according to any one of claims 51-59, wherein the SSB includes an SSB in at least one transmission opportunity, and the first indication information is used to indicate a frequency domain location of the SSB, including:
    所述第一指示信息用于指示所述至少一个传输机会中至少一个传输的SSB的频域位置;或者,The first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain position of at least one SSB transmitted in the at least one transmission opportunity; or,
    所述第一指示信息用于指示所述至少一个传输机会中至少一个未传输的SSB的频域位置。The first indication information is used to indicate a frequency domain location of at least one untransmitted SSB in the at least one transmission opportunity.
  61. 根据权利要求51-60中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述SSB中传输的SSB索引相同的SSB具有相同的准共站QCL关系。The network device according to any one of claims 51-60, wherein, SSBs with the same SSB index transmitted in the SSBs have the same quasi-co-sited QCL relationship.
  62. 根据权利要求51-61中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息还用于指示所述SSB的时域位置。The network device according to any one of claims 51-61, wherein the first indication information is further used to indicate a time domain location of the SSB.
  63. 根据权利要求51-62中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息还用于所述终端设备确定激活BWP上传输的SSB的第一SSB位置。The network device according to any one of claims 51 to 62, wherein the first indication information is further used by the terminal device to determine a first SSB location for activating the SSB transmitted on the BWP.
  64. 根据权利要求63所述的网络设备,其特征在于,The network device of claim 63, wherein:
    所述发送模块,还用于在所述激活BWP上根据所述第一SSB位置发送第一物理下行共享信道PDSCH,其中,所述第一PDSCH用于在所述第一SSB位置包括的RB与所述第一PDSCH包括的RB有重叠的情况下,所述终端设备确定重叠的RB对应的资源不用于所述第一PDSCH传输,所述第一PDSCH包括以下至少一种情况:The sending module is further configured to send a first physical downlink shared channel PDSCH on the activated BWP according to the first SSB position, wherein the first PDSCH is used for the RB and the RB included in the first SSB position. In the case where the RBs included in the first PDSCH overlap, the terminal device determines that the resources corresponding to the overlapping RBs are not used for the first PDSCH transmission, and the first PDSCH includes at least one of the following situations:
    循环冗余编码CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的物理下行控制信道PDCCH调度的PDSCH且所述PDCCH中的物理下行控制信道DCI中包括的系统消息指示为1;The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the physical downlink control channel PDCCH of the SI-RNTI, and the system message indication included in the physical downlink control channel DCI in the PDCCH is 1;
    CRC扰码为系统信息无线网络设备临时标识SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH且所述PDSCH中包括非SIB1的其他SIB;The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of the system information wireless network device temporarily identifying the SI-RNTI, and the PDSCH includes other SIBs other than SIB1;
    CRC扰码为随机接入无线网络设备临时标识RA-RNTI、MsgB-RNTI、寻呼无线网络设备临时标识P-RNTI或临时小区无线网络设备临时标识TC-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH;The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of the random access wireless network equipment temporary identifier RA-RNTI, MsgB-RNTI, the paging wireless network equipment temporary identifier P-RNTI or the temporary cell wireless network equipment temporary identifier TC-RNTI;
    CRC扰码为小区无线网络设备临时标识C-RNTI、调制编码方案无线网络设备临时标识MCS-C-RNTI或配置调度无线网络设备临时标识CS-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH;以及,The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the cell wireless network equipment temporary identifier C-RNTI, the modulation and coding scheme wireless network equipment temporary identifier MCS-C-RNTI, or the PDCCH scheduling of the configuration scheduling wireless network equipment temporary identifier CS-RNTI; and,
    半持续调度SPS PDSCH。Semi-persistent scheduling SPS PDSCH.
  65. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,包括:A terminal device, characterized in that it includes:
    接收器,用于接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示同步信号块SSB的频域位置,和/或,所述SSB对应的覆盖小区。The receiver is configured to receive first indication information sent by the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain location of the synchronization signal block SSB, and/or the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB.
  66. 根据权利要求65所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备还包括:The terminal device according to claim 65, wherein the terminal device further comprises:
    处理器,用于根据所述第一指示信息确定所述SSB的频域位置,和/或,所述SSB对应的覆盖小区。a processor, configured to determine the frequency domain location of the SSB and/or the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB according to the first indication information.
  67. 根据权利要求65或66所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述SSB的至少两个频域位置。The terminal device according to claim 65 or 66, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate at least two frequency domain positions of the SSB.
  68. 根据权利要求65至67中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述SSB的频域位置包括以下至少一种:The terminal device according to any one of claims 65 to 67, wherein the frequency domain position of the SSB includes at least one of the following:
    所述SSB传输的同步栅格的编号;the number of the synchronization grid transmitted by the SSB;
    所述SSB传输的带宽部分BWP的标识ID;The identification ID of the bandwidth part BWP transmitted by the SSB;
    所述SSB在所述SSB传输的BWP中的频域位置;the frequency domain position of the SSB in the BWP transmitted by the SSB;
    所述SSB传输的资源块RB集合的ID;以及,the ID of the resource block RB set transmitted by the SSB; and,
    所述SSB在所述SSB传输的RB集合中的频域位置。The frequency domain position of the SSB in the set of RBs transmitted by the SSB.
  69. 根据权利要求68所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述SSB在所述SSB传输的BWP中的频域位置,包括以下至少一种:The terminal device according to claim 68, wherein the frequency domain position of the SSB in the BWP transmitted by the SSB includes at least one of the following:
    所述SSB传输的第一个RB在所述BWP中的RB编号;the RB number in the BWP of the first RB transmitted by the SSB;
    所述SSB传输的第一个RB与所述BWP中的第一个RB之间的频域偏移;the frequency domain offset between the first RB transmitted by the SSB and the first RB in the BWP;
    所述SSB传输的同步栅格在所述BWP包括的同步栅格中的位置;以及,the location of the synchronization grid of the SSB transmission in the synchronization grid included in the BWP; and,
    所述SSB传输的同步栅格在所述BWP包括的同步栅格中的同步栅格编号。The synchronization grid number of the synchronization grid transmitted by the SSB in the synchronization grid included in the BWP.
  70. 根据权利要求65至69中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下至少一种:The terminal device according to any one of claims 65 to 69, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
    所述SSB对应的覆盖小区的ID;the ID of the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB;
    所述SSB对应的覆盖小区与BWP的关联关系;以及,The association relationship between the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB and the BWP; and,
    所述SSB对应的覆盖小区的ID与所述BWP的ID的关联关系。The association relationship between the ID of the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB and the ID of the BWP.
  71. 根据权利要求65至70中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下至少一种:The terminal device according to any one of claims 65 to 70, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB传输的同步栅格的编号的关联关系;an association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the number of the synchronization grid transmitted by the at least one SSB;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB传输的BWP的ID的关联关系;The association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the ID of the BWP transmitted by the at least one SSB;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB在所述至少一个SSB传输的BWP中的频域位置的关联关系;an association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the frequency domain position of the at least one SSB in the BWP transmitted by the at least one SSB;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB对应的SSB类型的关联关系,其中,所述SSB类型包括定义小区的SSB和不定义小区的SSB;An association relationship between an index of at least one SSB in the SSB and an SSB type corresponding to the at least one SSB, wherein the SSB type includes an SSB that defines a cell and an SSB that does not define a cell;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB传输的RB集合的ID的关联关系;The association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the ID of the RB set transmitted by the at least one SSB;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB在所述至少一个SSB传输的RB集合中的频域位置的关联关系;an association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the frequency domain position of the at least one SSB in the RB set transmitted by the at least one SSB;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB对应的至少一个覆盖小区的ID的关联关系;an association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the ID of at least one coverage cell corresponding to the at least one SSB;
    至少一个覆盖小区的ID与至少一个BWP的ID的关联关系,其中,所述至少一个覆盖小区与所述至少一个BWP对应相同的SSB;The association relationship between the ID of at least one coverage cell and the ID of at least one BWP, wherein the at least one coverage cell corresponds to the same SSB as the at least one BWP;
    以及,以下至少两者之间的关联关系:至少一个覆盖小区的ID、至少一个BWP的ID、至少一个SSB索引。And, an association relationship between at least two of the following: an ID of at least one coverage cell, an ID of at least one BWP, and at least one SSB index.
  72. 根据权利要求65至71中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于确定定义小区的SSB位于一个频域位置;或,The terminal device according to any one of claims 65 to 71, wherein the first indication information is used to determine that the SSB defining the cell is located in a frequency domain position; or,
    所述第一指示信息用于确定所述定义小区的至少两个SSB位于不同的频域位置。The first indication information is used to determine that at least two SSBs of the defined cell are located in different frequency domain positions.
  73. 根据权利要求65至72中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,The terminal device according to any one of claims 65 to 72, wherein,
    所述接收器,具体用于通过物理广播信道PBCH、系统消息或高层参数接收所述网络设备发送的所述第一指示信息。The receiver is specifically configured to receive the first indication information sent by the network device through a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a system message or a high layer parameter.
  74. 根据权利要求73所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述系统消息包括以下至少一种:The terminal device according to claim 73, wherein the system message includes at least one of the following:
    主消息块MIB、系统消息块一SIB1、非SIB1的其他SIB。Main message block MIB, system message block one SIB1, other SIBs other than SIB1.
  75. 根据权利要求65至74中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述SSB包括至少一个传输机会中的SSB,所述第一指示信息用于指示SSB的频域位置,包括:The terminal device according to any one of claims 65 to 74, wherein the SSB includes an SSB in at least one transmission opportunity, and the first indication information is used to indicate a frequency domain location of the SSB, including:
    所述第一指示信息用于指示所述至少一个传输机会中至少一个传输的SSB的频域位置;或者,The first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain position of at least one SSB transmitted in the at least one transmission opportunity; or,
    所述第一指示信息用于指示所述至少一个传输机会中至少一个未传输的SSB的频域位置。The first indication information is used to indicate a frequency domain location of at least one untransmitted SSB in the at least one transmission opportunity.
  76. 根据权利要求65至75中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述SSB中传输的SSB索引相同的SSB具有相同的准共站QCL关系。The terminal device according to any one of claims 65 to 75, wherein, SSBs with the same SSB index transmitted in the SSBs have the same quasi-co-sited QCL relationship.
  77. 根据权利要求65至76中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息还用于指示所述SSB的时域位置。The terminal device according to any one of claims 65 to 76, wherein the first indication information is further used to indicate a time domain position of the SSB.
  78. 根据权利要求65至77中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,The terminal device according to any one of claims 65 to 77, wherein,
    所述处理器,还用于根据所述第一指示信息确定激活BWP上传输的SSB的第一SSB位置。The processor is further configured to determine, according to the first indication information, a first SSB location for activating the SSB transmitted on the BWP.
  79. 根据权利要求78所述的终端设备,其特征在于,The terminal device according to claim 78, wherein,
    所述接收器,还用于在所述激活BWP上根据所述第一SSB位置接收所述网络设备发送的第一物理下行共享信道PDSCH;The receiver is further configured to receive, on the activated BWP, the first physical downlink shared channel PDSCH sent by the network device according to the first SSB position;
    所述处理器,还用于在所述第一SSB位置包括的RB与所述第一PDSCH包括的RB有重叠的情况下,确定重叠的RB对应的资源不用于所述第一PDSCH传输,所述第一PDSCH包括以下至少一种情况:The processor is further configured to, in the case where the RB included in the first SSB position overlaps with the RB included in the first PDSCH, determine that the resource corresponding to the overlapping RB is not used for the first PDSCH transmission, and the The first PDSCH includes at least one of the following situations:
    循环冗余编码CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的物理下行控制信道PDCCH调度的PDSCH且所述PDCCH中的物理下行控制信道DCI中包括的系统消息指示为1;The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the physical downlink control channel PDCCH of the SI-RNTI, and the system message indication included in the physical downlink control channel DCI in the PDCCH is 1;
    CRC扰码为系统信息无线网络设备临时标识SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH且所述PDSCH中包括非SIB1的其他SIB;The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of the system information wireless network device temporarily identifying the SI-RNTI, and the PDSCH includes other SIBs other than SIB1;
    CRC扰码为随机接入无线网络设备临时标识RA-RNTI、MsgB-RNTI、寻呼无线网络设备临时标识P-RNTI或临时小区无线网络设备临时标识TC-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH;The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of the random access wireless network equipment temporary identifier RA-RNTI, MsgB-RNTI, the paging wireless network equipment temporary identifier P-RNTI or the temporary cell wireless network equipment temporary identifier TC-RNTI;
    CRC扰码为小区无线网络设备临时标识C-RNTI、调制编码方案无线网络设备临时标识MCS-C-RNTI或配置调度无线网络设备临时标识CS-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH;以及,The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the cell wireless network equipment temporary identifier C-RNTI, the modulation and coding scheme wireless network equipment temporary identifier MCS-C-RNTI, or the PDCCH scheduling of the configuration scheduling wireless network equipment temporary identifier CS-RNTI; and,
    半持续调度SPS PDSCH。Semi-persistent scheduling SPS PDSCH.
  80. 根据权利要求78所述的终端设备,其特征在于,The terminal device according to claim 78, wherein,
    所述接收器,还用于在所述终端设备通过PBCH或MIB接收所述网络设备发送的所述第一指示信息,所述终端设备收到CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的第一PDSCH且所述PDCCH中的DCI中包括的系统消息指示为0,或,收到CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的第一PDSCH且所述第一PDSCH中包括SIB1的情况下,根据所述第一SSB位置接收所述第一PDSCH;The receiver is further configured to receive the first indication information sent by the network device through the PBCH or MIB at the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first indication information scheduled by the PDCCH whose CRC scrambling code is SI-RNTI. PDSCH and the system message indication included in the DCI in the PDCCH is 0, or, when the first PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH whose CRC scrambling code is SI-RNTI is received and the first PDSCH includes SIB1, according to the receiving the first PDSCH at the first SSB location;
    所述处理器,还用于在所述第一SSB位置包括的RB与所述第一PDSCH包括的RB有重叠的情况下,确定重叠的RB对应的资源不用于所述第一PDSCH传输。The processor is further configured to, in a case where the RB included in the first SSB location overlaps with the RB included in the first PDSCH, determine that the resource corresponding to the overlapping RB is not used for the first PDSCH transmission.
  81. 根据权利要求65至77中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备还包括:The terminal device according to any one of claims 65 to 77, wherein the terminal device further comprises:
    处理器,还用于在所述终端设备收到CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的第一PDSCH且所述PDCCH中的DCI中包括的系统消息指示为0,或,收到CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的第一PDSCH且所述第一PDSCH中包括SIB1的情况下,确定所述第一PDSCH包括的资源单元RE中没有RE用于SSB传输。The processor is further configured to, when the terminal device receives the first PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH whose CRC scramble code is SI-RNTI and the system message indication included in the DCI in the PDCCH is 0, or, receives the CRC scramble code In the case that it is the first PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of the SI-RNTI and the first PDSCH includes SIB1, it is determined that no REs in the resource element REs included in the first PDSCH are used for SSB transmission.
  82. 根据权利要求81所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一PDSCH中包括所述第一指示信息。The terminal device according to claim 81, wherein the first PDSCH includes the first indication information.
  83. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,包括:A network device, characterized in that it includes:
    发送器,用于向终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示同步信号块SSB的频域位置,和/或,所述SSB对应的覆盖小区。The transmitter is configured to send first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain position of the synchronization signal block SSB, and/or the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB.
  84. 根据权利要求83所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述SSB的至少两个频域位置。The network device according to claim 83, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate at least two frequency domain positions of the SSB.
  85. 根据权利要求83或84所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述SSB的频域位置包括以下至少一种:The network device according to claim 83 or 84, wherein the frequency domain position of the SSB includes at least one of the following:
    所述SSB传输的同步栅格的编号;the number of the synchronization grid transmitted by the SSB;
    所述SSB传输的带宽部分BWP的标识ID;The identification ID of the bandwidth part BWP transmitted by the SSB;
    所述SSB在所述SSB传输的BWP中的频域位置;the frequency domain position of the SSB in the BWP transmitted by the SSB;
    所述SSB传输的资源块RB集合的ID;以及,the ID of the resource block RB set transmitted by the SSB; and,
    所述SSB在所述SSB传输的RB集合中的频域位置。The frequency domain position of the SSB in the set of RBs transmitted by the SSB.
  86. 根据权利要求85所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述SSB在所述SSB传输的BWP中的频域位置,包括以下至少一种:The network device according to claim 85, wherein the frequency domain position of the SSB in the BWP transmitted by the SSB includes at least one of the following:
    所述SSB传输的第一个RB在所述BWP中的RB编号;the RB number in the BWP of the first RB transmitted by the SSB;
    所述SSB传输的第一个RB与所述BWP中的第一个RB之间的频域偏移;the frequency domain offset between the first RB transmitted by the SSB and the first RB in the BWP;
    所述SSB传输的同步栅格在所述BWP包括的同步栅格中的位置;以及,the location of the synchronization grid of the SSB transmission in the synchronization grid included in the BWP; and,
    所述SSB传输的同步栅格在所述BWP包括的同步栅格中的同步栅格编号。The synchronization grid number of the synchronization grid transmitted by the SSB in the synchronization grid included in the BWP.
  87. 根据权利要求83-86中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述SSB对应的覆盖小区包括以下至少一种:The network device according to any one of claims 83-86, wherein the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB includes at least one of the following:
    所述SSB对应的覆盖小区的ID;the ID of the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB;
    所述SSB对应的覆盖小区与BWP的关联关系;以及,The association relationship between the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB and the BWP; and,
    所述SSB对应的覆盖小区的ID与所述BWP的ID的关联关系。The association relationship between the ID of the coverage cell corresponding to the SSB and the ID of the BWP.
  88. 根据权利要求83-87中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下至少一种:The network device according to any one of claims 83-87, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB传输的同步栅格的编号的关联关系;an association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the number of the synchronization grid transmitted by the at least one SSB;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB传输的BWP的ID的关联关系;The association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the ID of the BWP transmitted by the at least one SSB;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB在所述至少一个SSB传输的BWP中的频域位置的关联关系;an association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the frequency domain position of the at least one SSB in the BWP transmitted by the at least one SSB;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB对应的SSB类型的关联关系,其中,所述SSB类型包括定义小区的SSB和不定义小区的SSB;An association relationship between an index of at least one SSB in the SSB and an SSB type corresponding to the at least one SSB, wherein the SSB type includes an SSB that defines a cell and an SSB that does not define a cell;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB传输的RB集合的ID的关联关系;The association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the ID of the RB set transmitted by the at least one SSB;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB在所述至少一个SSB传输的RB集合中的频域位置的关联关系;an association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the frequency domain position of the at least one SSB in the RB set transmitted by the at least one SSB;
    所述SSB中至少一个SSB的索引与所述至少一个SSB对应的至少一个覆盖小区的ID的关联关系;an association relationship between the index of at least one SSB in the SSB and the ID of at least one coverage cell corresponding to the at least one SSB;
    至少一个覆盖小区的ID与至少一个BWP的ID的关联关系,其中,所述至少一个覆盖小区与所述至少一个BWP对应相同的SSB;The association relationship between the ID of at least one coverage cell and the ID of at least one BWP, wherein the at least one coverage cell corresponds to the same SSB as the at least one BWP;
    以及,以下至少两者之间的关联关系:至少一个覆盖小区的ID、至少一个BWP的ID、至少一个SSB索引。And, an association relationship between at least two of the following: an ID of at least one coverage cell, an ID of at least one BWP, and at least one SSB index.
  89. 根据权利要求83-88中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于确定定义小区的SSB位于一个频域位置;或,The network device according to any one of claims 83-88, wherein the first indication information is used to determine that the SSB defining the cell is located at a frequency domain location; or,
    所述第一指示信息用于确定所述定义小区的至少两个SSB位于不同的频域位置。The first indication information is used to determine that at least two SSBs of the defined cell are located in different frequency domain positions.
  90. 根据权利要求83-89中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,The network device according to any one of claims 83-89, characterized in that,
    所述发送器,具体用于通过物理广播信道PBCH、系统消息或高层参数向所述终端设备发送所述第一指示信息。The transmitter is specifically configured to send the first indication information to the terminal device through a physical broadcast channel PBCH, a system message or a high layer parameter.
  91. 根据权利要求90所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述系统消息包括以下至少一种:The network device according to claim 90, wherein the system message includes at least one of the following:
    主消息块MIB、系统消息块一SIB1、非SIB1的其他SIB。Main message block MIB, system message block one SIB1, other SIBs other than SIB1.
  92. 根据权利要求83-91中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述SSB包括至少一个传输机会中的SSB,所述第一指示信息用于指示SSB的频域位置,包括:The network device according to any one of claims 83-91, wherein the SSB includes an SSB in at least one transmission opportunity, and the first indication information is used to indicate a frequency domain location of the SSB, including:
    所述第一指示信息用于指示所述至少一个传输机会中至少一个传输的SSB的频域位置;或者,The first indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain position of at least one SSB transmitted in the at least one transmission opportunity; or,
    所述第一指示信息用于指示所述至少一个传输机会中至少一个未传输的SSB的频域位置。The first indication information is used to indicate a frequency domain location of at least one untransmitted SSB in the at least one transmission opportunity.
  93. 根据权利要求83-92中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述SSB中传输的SSB索引相同 的SSB具有相同的准共站QCL关系。The network device according to any one of claims 83-92, wherein the SSBs with the same SSB index transmitted in the SSBs have the same quasi-co-sited QCL relationship.
  94. 根据权利要求83-93中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息还用于指示所述SSB的时域位置。The network device according to any one of claims 83-93, wherein the first indication information is further used to indicate a time domain location of the SSB.
  95. 根据权利要求83-94中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息还用于所述终端设备确定激活BWP上传输的SSB的第一SSB位置。The network device according to any one of claims 83 to 94, wherein the first indication information is further used by the terminal device to determine the first SSB position for activating the SSB transmitted on the BWP.
  96. 根据权利要求95所述的网络设备,其特征在于,The network device of claim 95, wherein:
    所述发送器,还用于在所述激活BWP上根据所述第一SSB位置发送第一物理下行共享信道PDSCH,其中,所述第一PDSCH用于在所述第一SSB位置包括的RB与所述第一PDSCH包括的RB有重叠的情况下,所述终端设备确定重叠的RB对应的资源不用于所述第一PDSCH传输,所述第一PDSCH包括以下至少一种情况:The transmitter is further configured to send a first physical downlink shared channel PDSCH on the activated BWP according to the first SSB position, wherein the first PDSCH is used for the RB and the RB included in the first SSB position. In the case where the RBs included in the first PDSCH overlap, the terminal device determines that the resources corresponding to the overlapping RBs are not used for the first PDSCH transmission, and the first PDSCH includes at least one of the following situations:
    循环冗余编码CRC扰码为SI-RNTI的物理下行控制信道PDCCH调度的PDSCH且所述PDCCH中的物理下行控制信道DCI中包括的系统消息指示为1;The cyclic redundancy code CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the physical downlink control channel PDCCH of the SI-RNTI, and the system message indication included in the physical downlink control channel DCI in the PDCCH is 1;
    CRC扰码为系统信息无线网络设备临时标识SI-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH且所述PDSCH中包括非SIB1的其他SIB;The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of the system information wireless network device temporarily identifying the SI-RNTI, and the PDSCH includes other SIBs other than SIB1;
    CRC扰码为随机接入无线网络设备临时标识RA-RNTI、MsgB-RNTI、寻呼无线网络设备临时标识P-RNTI或临时小区无线网络设备临时标识TC-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH;The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH of the random access wireless network equipment temporary identifier RA-RNTI, MsgB-RNTI, the paging wireless network equipment temporary identifier P-RNTI or the temporary cell wireless network equipment temporary identifier TC-RNTI;
    CRC扰码为小区无线网络设备临时标识C-RNTI、调制编码方案无线网络设备临时标识MCS-C-RNTI或配置调度无线网络设备临时标识CS-RNTI的PDCCH调度的PDSCH;以及,The CRC scrambling code is the PDSCH scheduled by the cell wireless network equipment temporary identifier C-RNTI, the modulation and coding scheme wireless network equipment temporary identifier MCS-C-RNTI, or the PDCCH scheduling of the configuration scheduling wireless network equipment temporary identifier CS-RNTI; and,
    半持续调度SPS PDSCH。Semi-persistent scheduling SPS PDSCH.
  97. 一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求1-18,或,19-32中任意一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium comprising instructions which, when executed on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method of any one of claims 1-18, or 19-32.
PCT/CN2020/106445 2020-07-31 2020-07-31 Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device WO2022021440A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202080104693.2A CN116250317A (en) 2020-07-31 2020-07-31 Wireless communication method, terminal equipment and network equipment
PCT/CN2020/106445 WO2022021440A1 (en) 2020-07-31 2020-07-31 Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/106445 WO2022021440A1 (en) 2020-07-31 2020-07-31 Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022021440A1 true WO2022021440A1 (en) 2022-02-03

Family

ID=80037409

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/106445 WO2022021440A1 (en) 2020-07-31 2020-07-31 Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116250317A (en)
WO (1) WO2022021440A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024093394A1 (en) * 2023-07-26 2024-05-10 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Retrieval of system information

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108270710A (en) * 2017-01-03 2018-07-10 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of method for transmitting signals, apparatus and system
CN109167747A (en) * 2017-11-17 2019-01-08 华为技术有限公司 Communication means and communication equipment
CN110391887A (en) * 2018-04-20 2019-10-29 华为技术有限公司 Signal processing method and device
CN110430583A (en) * 2019-07-10 2019-11-08 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 A kind of SSB beam optimization configuration method and device
US20200162981A1 (en) * 2018-11-20 2020-05-21 Qualcomm Incorporated Cell reselection procedure for frequencies without cell-defining synchronization signal blocks

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108270710A (en) * 2017-01-03 2018-07-10 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of method for transmitting signals, apparatus and system
CN109167747A (en) * 2017-11-17 2019-01-08 华为技术有限公司 Communication means and communication equipment
CN110391887A (en) * 2018-04-20 2019-10-29 华为技术有限公司 Signal processing method and device
US20200162981A1 (en) * 2018-11-20 2020-05-21 Qualcomm Incorporated Cell reselection procedure for frequencies without cell-defining synchronization signal blocks
CN110430583A (en) * 2019-07-10 2019-11-08 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 A kind of SSB beam optimization configuration method and device

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
RAN1: "Reply LS on Raster Configuration", 3GPP DRAFT; R4-1803424_R1-1803379, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG4, no. Athens, Greece; 20180226 - 20180302, 5 March 2018 (2018-03-05), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051403784 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024093394A1 (en) * 2023-07-26 2024-05-10 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Retrieval of system information

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116250317A (en) 2023-06-09
CN116250317A8 (en) 2024-05-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2022021445A1 (en) Measurement method, terminal device and network device
WO2022067484A1 (en) Channel occupancy time sharing method and device node
US20230121866A1 (en) Synchronization signal block (ssb) transmission method and terminal device
US20230224836A1 (en) Synchronization Signal Block (SSB) Transmission Method, Terminal Device and Network Device
WO2022095046A1 (en) Method for determining time-domain resource of uplink transmission, and terminal device and network device
US20230353307A1 (en) Method for srs transmission resource configuration, terminal device, and network device
WO2022056929A1 (en) Method for controlling terminal device, and terminal device and network device
WO2021196232A1 (en) Physical channel resource mapping method, terminal device, and network device
US10674515B2 (en) User equipment and base station in wireless communications system, and wireless communications method
WO2022021440A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device
WO2022021225A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
WO2022000146A1 (en) Communication method and terminal device
WO2022133727A1 (en) Pusch repeated transmission method and terminal device
WO2022126457A1 (en) Paging method, and user equipment and network device
WO2023000268A1 (en) Method for acquiring time in non-terrestrial network, and terminal device and storage medium
WO2023123178A1 (en) Method for transmitting uplink signal, terminal device, network device, and storage medium
WO2023077328A1 (en) Method for reporting timing advance by terminal device in ntn, terminal device and storage medium
WO2022141426A1 (en) Slicing information indication method, and terminal device and network device
WO2022027206A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
US11974251B2 (en) Method for determining paging cycle, and terminal device
WO2021227052A1 (en) Information transmission method, communication device, and computer-readable storage medium
CN118476276A (en) Monitoring method, sending method, device, equipment and medium of control channel
CN118303096A (en) Method for restoring uplink synchronization, terminal equipment and storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20947212

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202080104693.2

Country of ref document: CN

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20947212

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1